-
81 en
en [ɑ̃]━━━━━━━━━1. preposition2. pronoun━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <a. (lieu: situation) in• vivre en France/Normandie to live in France/Normandy• il habite en banlieue/ville he lives in the suburbs/the town• il voyage en Grèce/Corse he's travelling around Greece/Corsicab. (lieu: mouvement) to• aller or partir en Angleterre/Normandie to go to England/Normandye. ( = chez) ce que j'aime en lui, c'est son courage what I like about him is his couragef. ( = habillé de) ing. (description, composition) in• c'est en quoi ? (inf) what's it made of?━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► En anglais, un nom en apposition remplace souvent l'adjectif pour décrire la matière dont quelque chose est fait.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► en + comparatif• c'est son frère en mieux he's like his brother, only betterh. ( = comme un) agir en tyran to act like a tyrant• en bon politicien, il... being the skilled politician he is, he...i. ( = dans le domaine de) en politique in politics• ce que je préfère en musique, c'est... what I like best in the way of music is...• diplôme en droit/histoire law/history degreek. ► en + participe présent• « non » dit-il en haussant les épaules "no", he said with a shrug━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque en exprime une cause, il est traduit par by.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• en disant cela, il s'est fait des ennemis he made enemies by saying that2. <a. (lieu) quand va-t-il à Nice ? -- il en revient when is he off to Nice? -- he's just come back• voulez-vous des pommes ? il y en a encore would you like some apples? there are still some leftd. (objet) rendez-moi mon stylo, j'en ai besoin give me back my pen - I need it• qu'est-ce que tu en feras ? what will you do with it (or them)?• tu en as eu de beaux jouets à Noël ! what lovely toys you got for Christmas!• c'est une bonne classe, les professeurs en sont contents they are a good class and the teachers are pleased with them• je t'en donne 100 € I'll give you 100 euros for ite. ► en être• où en est-il dans ses études ? how far has he got with his studies?• elle, mentir ? elle en est incapable she couldn't lie if she tried* * *œɛn* * *abr nf Éducation nationaleSee:* * *en ⇒ Note d'usageA prép1 ( lieu) ( où l'on est) in; ( où l'on va) to; ( mouvement vers l'intérieur) into; vivre en France/province/ville to live in France/the provinces/town; voyager en Chine to travel in China; aller en Allemagne to go to Germany; monter en voiture to get into a car; aller en ville to go into town; le train va entrer en gare the train is about to enter the station; se promener en ville to stroll around town;2 ( temps) ( époque) in; ( moment déterminé) in; ( en l'espace de) in; en hiver/1991 in winter/1991; je prendrai mes vacances en septembre I'm taking my vacation in September; il a fait ce travail en dix jours he completed the work in ten days; en semaine, il mange à la cantine during the week he eats in the canteen;3 ( moyens de transport) by; voyager en train/avion/voiture/bateau to travel by train ou rail/plane ou air/car/boat; je suis venu en taxi I came by taxi; aller à Marseille en avion/voiture to fly/to drive to Marseilles; nous avons fait un tour en barque we went out in a rowing-boat; descendre la rivière en aviron to row down the river;4 (manière, état) elle était tout en vert/blanc she was all in green/white; il est toujours en manteau/cravate he always wears a coat/tie; un ouvrage en vers/français/trois volumes a work in verse/French/three volumes; elle était très en forme/beauté she was looking very fit/beautiful;5 ( comme) ( en qualité de) as; ( de la même manière que) like; je vous parle en ami/connaisseur I'm speaking (to you) as a friend/connoisseur; j'ai eu ce livre en cadeau/récompense/souvenir I was given this book as a present/prize/souvenir; il nous considèrent en ennemis they see us as enemies; il me traite en ennemie he treats me like an enemy; agir en traître/dictateur to act like a traitor/dictator, to act in a treacherous/dictatorial way;6 ( transformation) into; ils se séparèrent en plusieurs groupes they broke up into several groups; traduire en anglais to translate into English; changer des euros en dollars to change euros into dollars;7 ( matière) made of; c'est en quoi? what is it made of?; c'est en or/plastique it's (made of) gold/plastic; c'est en bois it's made of wood, it's wooden; une montre en or a gold watch ; une veste en laine a woollenGB jacket; le cadre est en alliage the frame is alloy, it's an alloy frame;8 ( pour indiquer une variante) son fils, c'est lui en miniature his son is just like him only smaller, his son is a smaller version of him; je voudrais le même en plus grand I'd like the same only bigger; je voudrais la même en bleu I'd like the same in blue;9 (indique le domaine, la discipline) in; en politique/affaires il faut être rusé in politics/business you have to be clever; idée fondamentale en droit français fundamental idea in French law; en théorie, c'est exact in theory, it's correct; licencié en droit bachelor of law; docteur en médecine doctor of medicine; être bon en histoire to be good at history;10 (mesures, dimensions) in; compter en secondes/années to count in seconds/years; les draps se font en 90 et en 140 the sheets are available in single and double; le mur fait trois mètres en hauteur et six en longueur the wall is three metresGB high and six metresGB long; en profondeur, il y a assez d'espace pour la bibliothèque mais pas en hauteur the space is deep enough for the bookshelves but not high enough; en largeur, il y a la place pour une piscine mais pas en longueur widthwise, there's (enough) room for a swimming pool but not lengthwise.B pron1 ( le moyen) si les abricots sont abîmés, fais-en de la confiture if the apricots are bruised make jam with them; prends cette couverture et couvre-t'en take this blanket and cover yourself with it; il sortit son épée et l'en transperça he took out his sword and ran him through;2 ( la cause) ça l'a tellement bouleversé qu'il en est tombé malade it distressed him so much that he fell ill GB ou became sick US; il a eu un cancer et il en est mort he got cancer and died; elle a eu un accident de voiture et elle en est restée paralysée/infirme she had a car accident which left her paralysedGB/disabled;3 ○( emphatique) tu en as un beau chapeau! what a nice hat you've got!; eh bien! on s'en souviendra de ce dimanche! well, we won't forget this Sunday in a hurry!; je n'en veux pas de tes excuses○! I'm not interested in your excuses; et moi, je n'en ai pas des soucis, peut-être! do you think I haven't got worries too!; j'en connais qui seraient contents I know some who would be pleased.[ɑ̃] prépositionen 40 ans de carrière... in my 40 years in the job...B.[DANS L'ESPACE]1. [indiquant - la situation] in ; [ - la direction] tose promener en forêt/en ville to walk in the forest/around the town2. (figuré)en moi-même, j'avais toujours cet espoir deep down ou in my heart of hearts, I still had that hopeC.[INDIQUANT LE DOMAINE]1. [pour des connaissances]bon en latin/physique good at Latin/physics2. [dans une situation]en cela ou ce en quoi il n'a pas tort and I have to say he's right ou not wrong thereD.[INDIQUANT LA COMPOSITION] [pour des objets]chaise en bois/fer wooden/iron chairE.[INDIQUANT LA MANIÈRE, LE MOYEN]1. [marquant l'état, la forme, la manière]être en colère/en rage to be angry/in a rageen véritable ami, il m'a prévenu good friend that he is ou being a true friend, he warned meil était en pyjama he was in his pyjamas, he had his pyjamas onfaire quelque chose en cachette/en vitesse/en douceur to do something secretly/quickly/smoothlyune rue en pente a street on a slope ou a hill2. [introduisant une mesure] in3. [indiquant une transformation] into4. [marquant le moyen]en voiture/train by car/trainF.[AVEC LE GÉRONDIF]1. [indiquant la simultanéité]rien qu'en le voyant, elle se met en colère she gets angry just seeing him, the mere sight of him makes her angrytout en marchant, elles tentaient de trouver une réponse while walking ou as they walked, they tried to find an answer2. [indiquant la concession, l'opposition]en étant plus conciliant, il ne changeait toujours pas d'avis whilst ou although he was more conciliatory, he still wouldn't change his mind3. [indiquant la cause, le moyen, la manière]4. [introduisant une condition, une supposition] ifen prenant un cas concret, on voit que... if we take a concrete example, we can see that...en supposant que... supposing that...G.[INTRODUISANT LE COMPLÉMENT DU VERBE] incroire en quelqu'un/quelque chose to believe in somebody/something————————[ɑ̃] pronomA.[COMPLÉMENT DU VERBE]1. [indiquant le lieu]il faudra que tu ailles à la poste — j'en viens you'll have to go to the post office — I've just got back from ou just been there2. [indiquant la cause, l'agent]on en meurt you can die of ou from it3. [complément d'objet]voilà des fraises/du lait, donne-lui-en here are some strawberries/here's some milk, give him somesi tu n'aimes pas la viande/les olives, n'en mange pas if you don't like meat/olives, don't eat anytous les invités ne sont pas arrivés, il en manque deux all the guests haven't arrived yet, two are missingtu en as acheté beaucoup you've bought a lot (of it/of them)4. [avec une valeur emphatique]tu en as de la chance! you really are lucky, you are!5. [complément d'objet indirect] about it6. [comme attribut]B.[EN COMPLÉMENT]1. [du nom ou du pronom]2. [de l'adjectif]sa maison en est pleine his house is full of it/themC.[LOCUTIONS] [locutions verbales]s'en prendre à quelqu'un to blame ou to attack somebodyil n'en croit pas ses oreilles/yeux he can't believe his ears/eyes -
82 pour
pour [puʀ]━━━━━━━━━1. preposition━━━━━━━━━1. <a. ( = en faveur de) for• tu en as pour combien de temps ? how long are you going to be?• ne m'attendez pas, j'en ai encore pour une heure don't wait for me, I'll be another hourd. ( = à la place de) for• c'est bien trop cher pour ce que c'est ! it's far too expensive for what it is!• pour un Anglais, il parle bien le français he speaks French well for an Englishmanf. (intention, but) for• c'est fait pour ! (inf) that's what it's meant for!► pour + infinitif to• ce n'est pas pour arranger les choses this isn't going to help matters► pour que + subjonctif so that• écris vite ta lettre pour qu'elle parte ce soir write your letter quickly so that it will go this eveningg. (cause) pour quelle raison ? for what reason?• pourquoi se faire du souci pour ça ? why worry about that?► pour + infinitif passé• elle a été punie pour avoir menti she was punished for lying► pour peu que + subjonctif• pour peu qu'il ait un peu bu, il va raconter n'importe quoi if he's had even the smallest drink he'll say anythingh. ( = du point de vue de, concernant) pour moi, elle était déjà au courant if you ask me, she already knew• et pour les billets, c'est toi qui t'en charges ? so, you'll take care of the tickets, will you?i. ( = en échange de) donnez-moi pour 20 € de cerises give me 20 euros' worth of cherries, please• il l'a eu pour 10 € he got it for 10 euros• j'en ai eu pour 50 € de photocopies it cost me 50 euros to do the photocopiesj. ( = comme) as• pour un sale coup, c'est un sale coup ! (inf) of all the awful things to happen!• pour une surprise, c'est une surprise ! this really is a surprise!2. <* * *
I puʀ1) ( indiquant le but) topour cela, il faudra faire — to do that, you'll have to do
c'était pour rire or plaisanter — it was a joke
il est seul mais il a tout fait pour — (colloq) he's on his own, but it's entirely his own doing
c'est fait or étudié pour! — (colloq) ( c'est sa fonction) that's what it's for
2) ( indiquant une destination) for3) ( en ce qui concerne)c'est bien payé mais pour la sécurité de l'emploi... — the pay is good but as regards job security...
oui, c'est pour quoi? — yes, what is it?
pour moi, il a tort — as far as I am concerned, he's wrong
4) ( en faveur de) forje suis pour — (colloq) I'm in favour [BrE]
être pour quelque chose/faire quelque chose — gén to be in favour [BrE] of something/doing something
5) ( avec une indication de temps) for6) ( comme)7) ( à la place de) for8) ( à son avantage)‘il te parlera du Japon’ - ‘pour ce que ça m'intéresse!’ — ‘he'll talk to you about Japan’ - ‘I can't say I'm very interested’
10) ( marquant l'emphase)pour être intelligente, ça elle l'est! — she really is intelligent!, intelligent she certainly is!
11) ( indiquant une quantité)il n'en a plus pour longtemps — ( mourant) he doesn't have long to live
12) ( indiquant une cause) for13) ( introduisant une proportion)
II puʀnom masculin
••
pour + verbeLorsque pour sert à indiquer un but il se traduit généralement par to devant un verbe à l'infinitif: sortir pour acheter un journal = to go out to buy a newspaper; pour faire des meringues, il faut des oeufs = to make meringues, you need eggsIl peut également se traduire par in order to, qui est plus soutenu: pour mettre fin aux hostilités = in order to put an end to hostilitiesQuand pour est suivi d'une forme négative, il se traduira par so as not to ou in order not to: pour ne pas oublier = so as not to forget; pour ne pas rater le train = so as not to miss the train, in order not to miss the trainLorsque pour relie deux actions distinctes sans relation de cause à effet, il sera traduit par and et le verbe conjugué normalement: elle s'endormit pour se réveiller deux heures plus tard = she fell asleep and woke up two hours later. Quand la deuxième action n'est pas souhaitable ou qu'une notion de hasard malheureux est sous-entendue, on traduira par only to: she fell asleep only to wake up two hours later; il partit à la guerre pour se faire tuer trois jours plus tard = he went off to war only to be killed three days laterpour + nom ou pronomLorsque pour sert à indiquer la destination au sens large il se traduit généralement par for: le train pour Pau = the train for Pau; pour vendredi = for Friday; il travaille pour elle = he works for herLorsque pour signifie en ce qui concerne, il se traduira le plus souvent par about: tu te renseignes pour une assurance voiture/pour samedi? = will you find out about car insurance/about Saturday?Attention: pour placé en début de phrase se traduira par as regards: pour l'argent, rien n'est décidé = as regards the money, nothing has been decided ou nothing has been decided about the moneyLorsque pour signifie comme il se traduit souvant par as: je l'ai eu pour professeur = I had him as a teacherLorsque pour relie un terme redoublé il se traduit parfois par for: mot pour mot = word for word; mais ce n'est pas toujours le cas: jour pour jour = to the day. On se reportera au nom dans le dictionnaire* * *puʀ1. prép1) (destination, finalité) forC'est un cadeau pour toi. — It's a present for you.
pour faire qch — to do sth, in order to do sth
Je lui ai téléphoné pour l'inviter. — I phoned him to invite him.
J'ai ajouté une cornière pour consolider l'ensemble. — I added a bracket to make it all a bit stronger.
pour aller à Strasbourg, s'il vous plaît? — which way is it to Strasbourg, please?
Je lui ai prêté mon pull pour qu'elle n'ait pas froid. — I lent her my jumper so that she wouldn't be cold.
pour moi (= à mon avis) — in my view, (= pour ma part) for my part, personally
Pour moi, il ne dit pas toute la vérité. — In my view he's not telling the whole truth.
Pour moi, je vais dorénavant être plus prudent. — For my part, I shall be more cautious from now on.
3) (cause) forOn l'a mis en prison pour un délit mineur. — He was jailed for a minor offence.
Il a été critiqué pour avoir posé sa candidature. — He was criticized for applying.
4) (concession)pour riche que... — rich though...
5) (proportion)pour 100 euros de... — 100 euros' worth of...
Donnez-moi pour 20 euros d'essence. — Give me 20 euros' worth of petrol.
2. nm(= avantage)* * *I.pour ⇒ Note d'usage prép1 ( indiquant le but) to; pour cela, il faudra faire to do that, you'll have to do; pour bien faire il faudrait partir tôt to be really sure we should leave early; c'était pour rire or plaisanter it was a joke; il est seul mais il a tout fait pour○ he's on his own, but it's entirely his own doing; pour que so that; que faire pour qu'elle comprenne? how can we get her to understand?; pour ainsi dire so to speak; quelque chose pour le mal de tête/le rhume something for headaches/colds; c'est fait or étudié pour○! ( c'est sa fonction) that's what it's for; bien sûr tu peux en manger, c'est fait pour! of course you can eat some, that's what it's there for!;2 ( indiquant une destination) for; le train pour Paris ( prêt à partir) the train for Paris; ( plus général) the train to Paris; l'avion pour Paris the Paris plane, the plane to Paris; c'est le train pour où? where does this train go?; il faut une heure pour Oloron it's an hour to Oloron;3 ( en ce qui concerne) j'ai choisi le sujet d'étude mais pour l'université je ne sais pas encore I've decided on my subject but as regards the university I'm not sure yet ou but I'm not sure about the university yet; c'est bien payé mais pour la sécurité de l'emploi… the pay is good but as regards job security ou as far as job security goes…; oui, c'est pour quoi? yes, what is it?; ( plus poli) yes, what can I do for you?; pour moi, il a tort as far as I am concerned, he's wrong; qu'est-il pour toi, un ami? how do you see him? as a friend?;4 ( en faveur de) for; voter pour un candidat to vote for a candidate; 120 voix pour et 95 contre 120 votes for and 95 against; c'est pour la recherche contre le cancer it's for ou in aid of cancer research; je suis pour○ I'm in favourGB; être pour qch/faire qch gén to be in favourGB of sth/doing sth; je suis pour que Catherine reste I'm in favourGB of Catherine staying; je suis pour les Verts I'm for the ecologists; je suis pour Paris Sport I support Paris;5 ( avec une indication de temps) for; ce sera prêt pour vendredi? will it be ready for ou by Friday?; pour plus tard/aujourd'hui for later/today; pour toujours forever; pour le moment or l'instant for the moment, for the time being; le bébé/le baptême c'est pour quand? when is the baby due/the christening?;6 ( comme) elle a pour ambition d'être pilote her ambition is to be a pilot; elle a pour principe de ne jamais emprunter de l'argent it's a rule with her ou it's one of her principles never to borrow money; ils ont pour habitude de déjeuner tard they usually have a late lunch; n'avoir pour toute arme qu'un bâton to be armed only with a stick; il n'avait qu'un pantalon pour tout vêtement he was wearing nothing but a pair of trousers GB ou pants US;7 ( à la place de) for; écrire qch pour qch to write sth instead of sth; je l'ai pris pour plus bête qu'il n'est I thought he was more stupid than he really is; je suis ici pour ma collègue I'm here in place of my colleague;8 ( à son avantage) elle avait pour elle de savoir écouter/la patience she had the merit of being a good listener/being patient;9 ( introduisant une concession) pour intelligent qu'il soit intelligent though he may be; ‘il te parlera du Japon’-‘pour ce que ça m'intéresse!’ ‘he'll talk to you about Japan’-‘I can't say I'm very interested’; pour peu qu' il y ait du monde sur la route nous serons en retard there only has to be a bit of traffic and we'll be late; pour autant que je sache as far as I know;10 ( marquant l'emphase) pour être intelligente, ça elle l'est! she really is intelligent!, intelligent she certainly is!;11 ( indiquant une quantité) j'ai mis pour 50 euros d'essence I've put in 50 euros' worth of petrol GB ou gas US; merci pour tout thank you for everything; pleurer pour un rien to cry over nothing; s'inquiéter pour un rien to fret about nothing; je n'y suis pour rien I had nothing to do with it; ne t'inquiète pas pour si peu don't worry about a little thing like that; tu y es bien pour quelque chose si elle est malheureuse if she's miserable, it has certainly got something to do with you; il y est pour beaucoup si elle est malheureuse if she's miserable, he's largely to blame; elle y est pour beaucoup s'il a réussi if he has succeeded a lot of the credit should go to her; je n'en ai pas pour longtemps it won't take long; il n'en a plus pour longtemps ( mourant) he doesn't have long to live; j'en ai encore pour deux heures it'll take another two hours; j'en ai pour une minute it'll only take a minute;12 ( indiquant une cause) for; se battre pour une femme to fight over a woman; être battu pour avoir menti to be beaten for lying; ⇒ oui;13 ( introduisant une proportion) dix pour cent ten per cent; pour 250 employés, seulement 28 sont des femmes out of 250 employees only 28 are female; une cuillère de vinaigre pour quatre d'huile one spoonful of vinegar to four of oil; pour une large part to a large extent.II.[pur] préposition1. [indiquant le lieu où l'on va] forun billet pour Paris a ticket for ou to Paris2. [dans le temps - indiquant le moment] forpourriez-vous avoir fini pour lundi/demain? could you have it finished for Monday/tomorrow?[indiquant la durée] forb. [à vivre] he hasn't got long to live3. [exprimant la cause]il est tombé malade pour avoir mangé trop d'huîtres he fell ill after eating ou because he ate too many oysterssa bonne constitution y est pour quelque chose his strong constitution had something to do with ou played a part in itelle est pour beaucoup dans le succès de la pièce the success of the play is to a large extent due to her, she has had a great deal to do with the success of the playne me remerciez pas, je n'y suis pour rien don't thank me, I didn't have anything to do with it4. [exprimant la conséquence] toil a erré trois heures en forêt pour se retrouver à son point de départ he wandered for three hours in the forest, only to find he was back where he'd started from5. [capable de]je me suis trompé et il ne s'est trouvé personne pour me le dire I made a mistake and nobody was capable of telling me6. [par rapport à] for7. [avec une valeur emphatique]pour un champion, c'est un champion! that's what I call a (real) champion!perdre pour perdre, autant que ce soit en beauté if we are going to lose, we might as well do it in stylepour être en colère, je l'étais! I was so angry!8. [indiquant une proportion, un pourcentage] peril faut 200 g de farine pour une demi-livre de beurre take 200 g of flour to ou for half a pound of butter9. [moyennant]10. [à la place de] forpour le directeur [dans la correspondance] pp Director12. [en guise de, en qualité de]prendre quelqu'un pour époux/épouse to take somebody to be one's husband/wifeavoir quelqu'un pour ami/professeur to have somebody as a friend/teacherj'ai pour principe que... I believe on principle that...le livre a pour titre... the book's title is..., the book is entitled...13. [indiquant l'attribution, la destination, le but] formes sentiments pour elle my feelings towards ou for herc'est pour quoi faire, ce truc? what's that thing for?a. [recette] serves 4b. [couchage] sleeps 414. (suivi de l'infinitif) [afin de] (in order) toje suis venu pour vous voir I'm here ou I've come to see yousi tu veux réussir, il faut tout faire pour if you want to succeed you have to do everything possiblevoter pour quelqu'un to vote for ou in favour of somebody16. [du point de vue de]ça compte peu pour toi, mais pour moi c'est tellement important it matters little to you but to ou for me it's so importantpour moi, il a dû se réconcilier avec elle if you ask me, he must have made it up with her17. [en ce qui concerne]pour certains de nos collègues, la situation est inchangée as far as some of our colleagues are concerned, the situation has not changedpour ce qui est de l'avancement, voyez avec le responsable du personnel as far as promotion is concerned, see the personnel officer18. (soutenu) [exprimant la concession]pour être jeune, elle n'en est pas moins compétente young though she is she's very able[en corrélation avec 'que']pour patient qu'il soit, il ne supportera pas cette situation for all his patience, he won't put up with this situationil était pour partir he was about to leave ou on the point of leaving————————[pur] nom masculin invariableles pour l'emportent POLITIQUE (humoristique) the argument in favour is overwhelming, the ayes have it————————pour que locution conjonctivej'ai pris des places non-fumeurs pour que vous ne soyez pas incommodés par la fumée I've got non-smoking seats so that you won't be bothered by the smoke2. [exprimant la conséquence] -
83 que
que [kə]━━━━━━━━━1. conjunction2. adverb━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━a. (complétive) that━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► that introduisant une subordonnée complétive est souvent sous-entendu en anglais.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• tu crois qu'il réussira ? do you think he'll succeed?• mais il n'a pas de voiture ! -- il dit que si but he has no car! -- he says he has━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Avec un verbe de volonté, l'anglais emploie une proposition infinitive. Si le sujet de cette infinitive est un pronom, l'anglais utilise la forme objet du pronom.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque que remplace une conjonction comme si, quand, comme, que, la conjonction est soit répétée soit omise en anglais.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• si vous êtes sages et qu'il fait beau, nous sortirons if you are good and (if) the weather is fine, we'll go out• comme la maison est petite et qu'il n'y a pas de jardin... as the house is small and there's no garden...• il ira, qu'il le veuille ou non he'll go whether he wants to or not• qu'il parte ou qu'il reste, ça m'est égal whether he leaves or stays, it's all the same to med. (but) tenez-le, qu'il ne tombe pas hold him so he doesn't falle. (temps) elle venait à peine de sortir qu'il se mit à pleuvoir she had no sooner gone out than it started raining• ils ne se connaissaient pas depuis 10 minutes qu'ils étaient déjà amis they had only known each other for 10 minutes and already they were friendsf. (souhait) qu'il se taise ! I wish he would be quiet!• eh bien, qu'il vienne ! all right, he can come!• qu'il essaie seulement ! just let him try!• que je l'aide ? tu plaisantes ! me, help him? you must be joking!• « viens ici ! » qu'il me crie (inf) "come here!" he shoutedh. (locutions)► que... ne• j'avais déjà fini de déjeuner qu'elle n'avait pas commencé I'd already finished my lunch and she hadn't even started► que oui ! yes indeed!• il était fâché ? -- que oui ! was he angry? -- he certainly was!► que non ! certainly not!• tu viens ? -- que non ! are you coming? -- no I am not!2. <• que tu es lent ! you're so slow!• que de voitures ! there's so much traffic!• que d'erreurs ! there are so many mistakes!qu'est-ce qu'il est bête ! he's such an idiot!• qu'est-ce qu'il joue bien ! doesn't he play well!3. <━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Le pronom relatif que n'est souvent pas traduit.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'on utilise un pronom relatif pour désigner une personne en anglais, il y a trois possibilités: whom, qui est d'un registre soutenu, who qui n'est pas correct, mais très fréquemment utilisé, et that.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Le pronom relatif que n'est souvent pas traduit.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque l'on utilise un pronom relatif pour désigner un animal ou une chose en anglais, il y a deux possibilités: that et which, qui s'utilise surtout pour des choses.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• la raison qu'il a donnée the reason (that or which) he gavec. (en incise)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque la relative est en incise, on n'emploie jamais that, mais which pour une chose et who(m) pour une personne.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• un certain M. Leduc, que je ne connais pas, m'a appelé a certain Mr Leduc, who (inf) or whom I don't know, called me• la lettre, que j'ai postée lundi, est arrivée vendredi the letter, which I posted on Monday, arrived on Fridaye. (autres) quel homme charmant que votre voisin ! what a charming man your neighbour is!• tout distrait qu'il est, il s'en est aperçu absent-minded though he is, he still noticed it4. <• que fais-tu ? what are you doing?• qu'en sais-tu ? what do you know about it?━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Dans les cas où il y a un choix, on emploie which.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• que préfères-tu, de la compote ou un crème caramel ? which would you prefer, stewed fruit or crème caramel?• qu'est-ce que tu fais ? what are you doing?• qu'est-ce que tu préfères, le rouge ou le noir ? which do you prefer, the red one or the black one?► qu'est-ce qui what• qu'est-ce qui l'a mis en colère ? what made him so angry?* * *
1.
( qu' before vowel or mute h) kə conjonctioncomme tu ne veux pas venir et que tu ne veux pas dire pourquoi — since you refuse to come and (since you) refuse to say why
2)qu'il soit le meilleur, nous nous en sommes déjà rendu compte — we were already well aware that he's the best
approche, que je te regarde — come closer so I can look at you
que vous le vouliez ou non, que cela vous plaise ou non — whether you like it or not
il n'était pas sitôt parti qu'elle appela la police — no sooner had he left than she called the police
j'avais déjà lu dix pages qu'il n'avait toujours pas commencé — I had already read ten pages while he hadn't even started
qu'on veuille bien m'excuser mais... — you must excuse me but...
qu'il crève! — (sl) let him rot! (colloq)
2.
pronom interrogatif whatque dire? — what can you ou one say?
que faire? — ( maintenant) what shall I/we do?; ( au passé) what could I/we do?
3.
pronom relatifPierre, que je n'avais pas vu depuis 20 ans, est venu me voir hier — Pierre, whom I had not seen for 20 years, came to see me yesterday
c'est la plus belle femme que j'aie jamais vue — she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen
3) ( employé comme attribut) that
4.
‘vous ne leur en avez pas parlé?’ - ‘oh que si!’ — ‘haven't you spoken to them about it?’ - ‘yes I have!’
‘tu en as besoin?’ - ‘que oui!’ — ‘do you need it’ - ‘I certainly do!’
••
que conjonction de subordination se traduit généralement par that: elle a dit qu'elle le ferait = she said that she would do it; il est important qu'ils se rendent compte que ce n'est pas simple it's important that they should realize that it's not simpleOn notera que that est souvent omis: je pense qu'il devrait changer de métier = I think he should change jobsQuand que suit un verbe exprimant un souhait, une volonté, l'anglais utilise un infinitif: je voudrais que tu ranges ta chambre = I'd like you to tidy your room; elle veut qu'il fasse un stage de formation = she wants him to do a training courseOn trouvera ci-dessous quelques exemples supplémentaires mais on pourra toujours se reporter aux verbes, adjectifs et substantifs qui peuvent être suivis de que, comme montrer, comprendre, apparaître, certain, évident, idée etc. De même les locutions ainsi que, alors que, bien que sont traitées respectivement sous ainsi, alors, bien. Pour les emplois de que avec ne, plus, moins etc on se reportera à ne, plus, moins etcque pronom relatif se traduit différemment selon qu'il a pour antécédent un nom de personne: l'homme que je vois = the man that I can see; = the man I can see; = the man who I can see; = the man whom I can see; les amis que j'ai invités = the friends that I've invited; = the friends I've invited; = the friends who I have invited; = the friends whom I have invited (dans les deux cas ci-dessus la traduction avec whom appartient au registre de la langue écrite); ou un nom de chose, concept, animal: le chien que je vois = the dog that I can see; = the dog I can see; = the dog which I can see; l'invitation que j'ai reçue = the invitation that I received; = the invitation I received; = the invitation which I received. Voir III ci-dessous* * *kə1. conj1) (introduisant complétive) thatIl sait que tu es là. — He knows you're here., He knows that you're here.
Je veux que tu acceptes. — I want you to agree.
Je veux que tu viennes. — I want you to come.
Il a dit que oui. — He said he would.
Quand il rentrera et qu'il aura mangé... — When he gets back and has eaten...
Si vous y allez ou que vous... — If you go there or if you...
qu'il le veuille ou non — whether he likes it or not, (souhait)
4) (but) (= de sorte que) so, so thatTenez-le, qu'il ne tombe pas. — Hold it so it doesn't fall., Hold it so that it doesn't fall.
5) (après comparatif) thanplus... que — more... than
C'est plus difficile que je ne le pensais. — It's more difficult than I thought.
Il est plus grand que moi. — He's bigger than me.
6) (équivalence) asaussi... que — as... as
Elle est aussi jolie que sa sœur. — She's as pretty as her sister.
Le train est aussi cher que l'avion. — The train is as expensive as the plane.
See:plus; aussi; autantne... que (= seulement) — only
Il ne boit que de l'eau. — He only drinks water.
Je ne l'ai vu qu'une fois. — I've only seen him once.
à peine... que; Elle venait à peine de sortir qu'il se mit à pleuvoir. — She had just gone out when it started to rain., No sooner had she gone out than it started to rain.
il y a... que; ça fait... que; Il y a 4 ans qu'il est parti.; Ça fait 4 ans qu'il est parti. — It is 4 years since he left.
See:2. advqu'il est...; Qu'il est bête!; Qu'est-ce qu'il est bête! — He's so silly!
Qu'il court vite!; Qu'est-ce qu'il court vite! — He runs so fast!
que de... — such a lot of..., so many...
3. pron1) (relatif) (personne) that, whomla dame que j'ai rencontrée hier — the lady I met yesterday, the lady that I met yesterday
l'homme que je vois — the man I can see, the man that I can see
2) (chose) that, whichLe gâteau qu'elle a fait est délicieux. — The cake she made is delicious., The cake that she made is delicious., The cake which she made is delicious.
le livre que tu vois — the book you see, the book that you see, the book which you see
3) (temps) (= où)un jour que j'étais... — a day when I was...
4) (interrogatif) whatQu'est-ce que...? — What...?
Qu'est-ce que c'est? (en désignant qch) — What is it?, What's that?, (en entendant qch) What's that?
* * *que ⇒ Note d'usage (qu' before vowel or mute h)A conj1 ( reprenant une autre conjonction) comme tu ne veux pas venir et que tu ne veux pas dire pourquoi since you refuse to come and (since you) refuse to say why; si vous venez et que vous avez le temps if you come and (if you) have the time;2 je crains que tu (ne) fasses une bêtise I'm worried (that) you might do something silly; le fait qu'il se soit enfui prouve sa culpabilité the fact that he has run away is proof of his guilt; qu'il soit le meilleur, nous nous en sommes déjà rendu compte we were already well aware that he's the best; taisez- vous que j'entende ce qu'il dit stop talking so (that) I can hear what he's saying; approche, que je te regarde come closer so I can look at you; qu'il pleuve et toute la récolte est détruite if it rains the harvest will be ruined; que vous le vouliez ou non, que cela vous plaise ou non whether you like it or not; il voudrait faire échouer le projet qu'il ne s'y prendrait pas autrement if he wanted to ruin the project he couldn't have chosen a better way to do it; il l'aurait fait qu'il ne voudrait pas l'admettre even if he did do it he wouldn't admit it; il n'était pas sitôt parti qu'elle appela la police no sooner had he left than she called the police; vous dormiez encore que j'avais déjà fait une longue promenade you were still asleep, while I had already been for a long walk; j'avais déjà lu 10 pages qu'il n'avait toujours pas commencé I had already read 10 pages while he hadn't even started; il ne se passe pas de jour qu'il ne pleuve not a day goes by without rain ou when it doesn't rain; que tout le monde sorte! everyone must leave!; qu'on veuille bien m'excuser mais… you must excuse me but…; qu'il se taise! I wish he would be quiet!; que n'êtes vous-arrivés hier soir! fml if only you'd arrived last night!; que ceux qui n'ont pas compris le disent let anyone who hasn't understood say so; qu'on le pende! hang him!; qu'il crève◑! let him rot○!, he can rot○!; que j'aille le voir! you expect me to go and see him!; que je leur prête ma voiture! you expect me to lend them my car!; que je sache as far as I know;3 ◑( à la place de l'inversion du sujet) et alors? que je lui ai dit so? I said to him; approche! qu'il m'a dit come closer! he says to me○.B pron inter what; que fais-tu ? what are you doing?; que dire? what can you ou one say?; que faire? ( maintenant) what shall I do?, what am I to do?; ( au passé) what could I do?, what was I to do?; que veux-tu pour ton anniversaire? what do you want for your birthday?; qu'est-ce que tu en penses? what do you think?; je ne sais que dire I don't know what to say; je ne sais pas ce qu'il a dit I don't know what he said; que sont ces traces? what are those tracks?; qu'est-ce que c'est que ça? what's that?; qu'importe? what does it matter?C pron rel1 ( ayant un nom de personne pour antécédent) Pierre, que je n'avais pas vu depuis 20 ans, est venu me voir hier Pierre, whom I had not seen for 20 years, came to see me yesterday; c'est la plus belle femme que j'aie jamais vue she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen;2 ( ayant un nom de chose ou d'animal pour antécédent) je n'aime pas la voiture que tu as achetée I don't like the car (that) you've bought; le livre qu'il a écrit juste après la guerre the book that he wrote just after the war; les photos que vous regardez ont été prises à Rome the photographs that ou which you are looking at were taken in Rome; c'est la plus belle fleur que j'aie jamais vue it's the most beautiful flower (that) I've ever seen;3 ( employé comme attribut) that; la vieille dame qu'elle est devenue the old lady that she has become; énervé qu'il était il n'a pu terminer son discours he was so worked up that he couldn't finish his speech; de petite fille sage qu'elle était elle est devenue une petite peste she's changed from the good little girl that she was into a real pest; bête que je suis fool that I am; stupide que tu es! you silly thing!D adv que vous êtes jolie! how pretty you are!; que c'est difficile/ennuyeux how difficult/boring it is; que c'est joli it's so pretty; ce que vous êtes jolie! you're so pretty!; que de monde/d'eau what a lot of people/water; qu'avait-il besoin de faire? why did he have to do?; que ne le disais-tu plus tôt? fml why didn't you say so earlier?; ‘vous ne leur en avez pas parlé?’-‘oh que si!’ ‘haven't you spoken to them about it?’-‘oh yes I have!’; que non! definitely not!; ‘tu en as besoin?’-‘que oui!’ ‘do you need it’-‘indeed I do!’; c'était une époque turbulente que le XVIe siècle what a turbulent period the 16th century was.1. [combien]que tu es naïf! you're so naive!, aren't you naive!que de bruit ici! it's so noisy here!, what a lot of noise there is in here!2. [exprimant l'indignation]que ne l'as-tu (pas) dit plus tôt! why didn't you say so earlier?, I wish you had said so ou that earlier!————————sa sœur, que je n'avais pas vue depuis 10 ans, était là aussi her sister, whom ou who I hadn't seen for 10 years, was there toole contrat que j'ai signé the contract (which) ou that I signedje ne suis pas la seule, que je sache I'm not the only one as far as I know4. [pour souligner une caractéristique]fatiguée qu'elle était, elle continuait à l'aider tired though ou as she was, she carried on helping himde timide qu'il était, il est devenu expansif once a shy man, he's now an extroverten bon père/électricien qu'il était being the good father/electrician he wasune chance, que cette panne! very lucky, this breakdown!5. [dans des expressions de temps, de durée]un soir qu'il faisait très chaud one very hot evening, one evening when the weather was very hotle temps que tu te prépares, il sera trop tard by the time you're ready it'll be too latechaque fois que je m'absente, il téléphone every time I'm out he phones————————1. [dans le discours direct] whatqu'est-ce que je vois/j'entends? [ton menaçant ou hum] what is this I see/hear?2. [dans le discours indirect] what————————1. [après des verbes déclaratifs ou des verbes d'évaluation] thatexigez qu'on vous indemnise demand compensation ou to be compensated[en début de proposition]que leur fils ait fugué, cela ne devrait pas nous surprendre the fact that their son ran away shouldn't come as a surprise to usque tu pleures ne changera rien your ou you crying won't change anything2. (à valeur circonstancielle) [et déjà] thanil n'a pas fini de lire un roman qu'il en commence un autre no sooner has he finished one novel than he starts reading another[afin que] so thatapproche-toi, que je te voie mieux come closer so that I can see you better[à tel point que]elle tousse que ça réveille tout le monde (familier) she coughs so much (that) she wakes everybody upil est têtu que ça en devient un vrai problème (familier) he's so ou that stubborn (that) it's a real problem[dialecte: parce que]ne viens pas, que si je te vois je te tue! don't come, 'cos if I see you I'll kill you!3. (suivi du subjonctif) [pour formuler un ordre, un souhait, une éventualité]a. [faites-la parler] make her talk!b. [laissez-la parler] let her speak!eh bien, qu'il s'en aille s'il n'est pas content! he can leave if he doesn't like it!qu'il m'attaque et je dis tout just let him (try and) attack me, and I'll reveal everything4. (soutenu) [dans une double hypothèse]5. [répète la conjonction précédente]6. [formule de présentation et d'insistance]je croyais l'affaire faite et voilà qu'elle n'est pas d'accord I thought the deal was clinched and now I find she disagreessi je n'ai rien dit, c'est que je craignais de te vexer if I said nothing, it was because I was afraid of upsetting youtu n'iras pas — que si! you won't go — oh yes I will ou I will too!7. [dans une formule interrogative]————————que... ne locution conjonctiveaucune décision n'est prise que je ne sois préalablement consulté no decision is made without my being consulted first————————que... ou non locution conjonctivewhether... or not————————que... (ou) que locution conjonctivewhether... orqu'il fasse beau, qu'il pleuve, je sors me promener come rain or come shine, I go out for a walk -
84 qui
qui [ki]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Pour les proverbes commençant par qui, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <a. (sujet)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• qui l'a vu ? who saw him?• qui manque ? who's not here?━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Notez l'emploi de which lorsqu'il y a choix entre plusieurs personnes.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• qui d'entre eux saurait ? which of them would know?• qui, parmi les candidats, pourrait répondre ? which of the candidates could reply?• qui est-ce qui l'a vu ? who saw him?• qui est-ce qui a téléphoné ? who phoned?► qui ça ? who?• on me l'a dit -- qui ça ? somebody told me -- who?b. (objet)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque qui est objet, il se traduit par who dans la langue courante et par whom dans une langue plus soutenue.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• elle a vu qui ? (inf) who did she see?• qui est-ce qu'il a embrassé ? who did he kiss?━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Notez la place de la préposition en anglais: avec who et whose, elle est rejetée en fin de proposition.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• à qui parlais-tu ? who were you talking to?• à qui est ce sac ? who does this bag belong to?• chez qui allez-vous ? whose house are you going to?• de qui parles-tu ? who are you talking about?2. <a. (sujet)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• je connais des gens qui se plaindraient I know some people who or that would complain• j'ai rencontré Luc qui m'a raconté que... I met Luc, who told me that...• les amis qui viennent ce soir sont américains the friends (who or that are) coming tonight are American• moi qui espérais rentrer tôt ! and there I was thinking I was going to get home early tonight!━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• prends le plat qui est sur la table take the dish that or which is on the table• il a un perroquet qui parle he's got a parrot that or which talks━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque la relative est en incise, on n'emploie jamais that.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• Tom, qui travaille à la poste, me l'a dit Tom, who works at the post office, told me• la table, qui était en acajou, était très lourde the table, which was mahogany, was very heavy━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► En anglais, le pronom relatif est parfois omis.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Notez la place de la préposition en anglais: avec who et whose, elle est rejetée en fin de proposition.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• le patron pour qui il travaille the employer (that or who) he works for the employer for whom (frm) he worksc. ( = celui qui) anyone who• pour qui s'intéresse à la physique, ce livre est indispensable for anyone who is interested in physics this book is indispensable► c'est à qui ( = c'est à celui qui)• c'est à qui criera le plus fort each tries to shout louder than the other► à qui mieux mieux each one more so than the other ; (crier) each one louder than the other ; (frapper) each one harder than the other• « à qui de droit » "to whom it may concern"• je remercierai qui de droit I'll thank anyone that thanks are owed to► qui que ce soit anybody anyone• j'interdis à qui que ce soit d'entrer ici I forbid anybody or anyone to come in here► qui vous savez* * *ki
1.
2.
pronom relatif1) ( fonction sujet) ( l'antécédent est un nom de personne) who; ( autres cas) that, whichle chien, qui m'avait reconnu... — the dog, which recognized me...
lui qui s'intéresse aux armes à feu devrait aimer cette exposition — interested in firearms as he is, he should enjoy the exhibition
toi qui pensais faire des économies! — and you were the one who thought you were going to save money!
2) ( fonction autre que sujet)invitez qui vous voulez — invite whoever ou anyone you like
qui que ce soit — whoever it is, anybody
qui que ce soit, je ne suis pas là — I'm not here for anybody
3) fmlles enfants étaient déguisés qui en indien, qui en pirate — the children were dressed up, one as an Indian, one as a pirate
••
qui pronom interrogatif sujet se traduit par who: qui est-ce? = who is it?; qui a cassé la vitre? = who broke the window?; qui vous a reçu? who met you?qui pronom interrogatif dans des fonctions autres que sujet se traduit par who ou whom: qui avez-vous rencontré? = who did you meet?; = whom did you meet?; qui vas-tu inviter? = who are you going to invite? La traduction avec whom appartient au registre de la langue écriteLorsque le pronom interrogatif est utilisé avec une préposition, deux cas sont possibles: avec qui voulez-vous un rendez-vous? = who do you want an appointment with?; = with whom do you want an appointment?; pour qui as-tu acheté cette montre? = who did you buy that watch for?; = for whom did you buy that watch? Voir la remarque ci-dessus concernant whom. Voir exemples supplémentaires et exceptions en I ci-dessousqui pronom relatif sujet se traduit par who lorsqu'il remplace un nom de personne: je remercie ceux qui m'ont aidé = my thanks to those who helped me; j'ai rencontré Pierre qui m'a parlé de toi = I met Pierre who mentioned you; et par that ou which (ce dernier étant plus spécifique à l'anglais britannique) dans la plupart des autres cas: le vase qui était sur la table = the vase that ou which was on the table; le problème qui ralentit le projet the problem that ou which is holding back the project; les animaux qui sont tués pour leur fourrure animals that ou which are killed for their fur. Voir exemples supplémentaires et exceptions en II 1 ci-dessousqui pronom relatif ayant une fonction autre que sujet et remplaçant un nom de personne se traduit par that, who ou whom, cette dernière traduction étant du domaine de la langue écrite: un ami en qui je peux avoir confiance = a friend that I can trust; = a friend who I can trust; = a friend whom I can trust. Le pronom relatif peut parfois être omis en anglais: = a friend I can trust* * *ki1. pron relatif1) (= personne: sujet) whoC'est André qui l'a vu. — It was André who saw him.
2) (= personne: objet) who, whom soutenuAmenez qui vous voulez. — Bring who you like., Bring whoever you like.
3) (= personne: après une préposition) whommes parents, sans qui je n'y serais pas arrivé — my parents, without whom I would never have succeeded
C'est la personne à qui j'ai parlé hier. — It's the person I spoke to yesterday., It's the person whom I spoke to yesterday.
4) (chose, animal) that, whichLe tableau qui ornait l'entrée a disparu. — The painting that was in the entrance hall has disappeared.
Donne-moi la veste qui est sur la chaise. — Give me the jacket that's on the chair.
qu'est-ce qui...? — what...?
2. pron interrogatif1) (questions directes) whoqui est-ce que...? — who...?
qui est-ce qui...? — who...?
2) (après une préposition) whomAvec qui...? — Who with...?, With whom...?
Je me demande qui est là. — I wonder who is there., (objet)
Elle ne sait à qui se plaindre. — She doesn't know who to complain to.
* * *qui ⇒ Note d'usageA pron inter ( fonction sujet) who; ( fonction complément) whom; qui a fait ça? who did that?; qui ça? who's that?; qui va là? who goes there?; qui veut-elle voir? who does she want to speak to?; à qui sont ces chaussures? whose shoes are these?; de qui est ce roman? who is this novel by?; faites-moi savoir qui vous désirez rencontrer let me know who you wish to meet; dis-moi à qui tu penses tell me who you are thinking about; dites-moi avec qui vous voulez un rendez-vous tell me who you want an appointment with; sais-tu à qui sont ces lunettes? do you know whose glasses these are?B pron rel1 ( fonction sujet) ( l'antécédent est un nom de personne) who; ( autres cas) that, which; le gouvernement qui a été formé par the government (which was) formed by; le chien, qui m'avait reconnu, s'approcha de moi the dog, which recognized me, came up to me; lui qui s'intéresse aux armes à feu devrait aimer cette exposition since he is so interested in firearms he should enjoy this exhibition; toi qui pensais faire des économies! you were the one who thought you were going to save money!; celui qui a pris le livre aurait pu le dire whoever took the book could have said so; ceux qui n'ont pas fini pourront revenir demain those who haven't finished can come back tomorrow; que ceux qui ne sont pas d'accord lèvent le doigt let anyone who doesn't agree raise their hand; il y a quelqu'un qui veut vous parler there's someone here who wants to speak to you; est-ce vous qui venez d'appeler? was it you who called just now?; un homme apparut qui portait un chapeau a man appeared, wearing a hat;2 ( fonction autre que sujet) invitez qui vous voulez invite whoever ou anyone you like; viens avec qui tu veux come with whoever you want; j'ai vu qui tu sais I saw you know who; c'est à qui des deux criera le plus fort each (one) is trying to shout louder than the other; quelqu'un en qui j'ai confiance someone I trust; quelqu'un sans qui on ne peut rien (faire) someone without whom one can do nothing; ce qui me plaît chez lui c'est son sens de l'humour what I like about him is his sense of humourGB; je suis allé à la poste ce qui m'a pris un quart d'heure I went to the post office which took me a quarter of an hour;3 qui que vous soyez whoever you are; qui que ce soit whoever it is, anybody; je n'ai jamais frappé qui que ce soit I've never hit anybody; qui que ce soit qui a fait cela whoever (it was who) did that; qui que ce soit, je ne suis pas là I'm not here for anybody;4 fml les enfants étaient déguisés qui en indien, qui en pirate, qui en prince the children were dressed up, one as an Indian, one as a pirate, one as a prince.[ki] pronom relatiftoi qui connais le problème, tu pourras m'aider you who ou as you are acquainted with the problem, you can help me outc'est à qui aura le dernier mot each tries ou they all try to have the last wordl'amie par qui j'ai eu cette adresse the friend from whom I got this address (soutenu), the friend I got this address fromc'est rebutant pour qui n'est pas habitué it's disconcerting for somebody who isn't ou for whoever isn't used to itqui tu sais, qui vous savez you know whole festival, qui débutera en mai the festival, which will start in Maydonne-moi le magazine qui est sur la table give me the magazine (that) ou which is on the table4. [après des verbes de perception]5. [formule de présentation]le voilà qui pleure, maintenant! now he's crying!6. [en corrélation avec 'que']qui que ce soit qui téléphone, répondez que je suis absent whoever phones, tell them I'm not here7. (locution)————————[ki] pronom interrogatif1. [sujet ou attribut dans le discours direct] who2. [sujet dans le discours indirect] whoje ne vois pas qui pourrait t'aider I can't see who could ou I can't think of anyone who could help you————————qui... qui locution correlativeils étaient déguisés, qui en Pierrot, qui en bergère they were in fancy dress, some as Pierrots, others as shepherdesses -
85 tout
c black tout, toute [tu, tut]━━━━━━━━━1. adjective3. adverb━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque tout fait partie d'une locution comme en tout cas, tout le temps, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <a. ( = entier)b. ( = unique) only• pour tout mobilier, il avait un lit et une table the only furniture he had was a bed and a tablec. (indéfini)2. <• tout ce que je sais, c'est qu'il est parti all I know is that he's gone• ne croyez pas tout ce qu'il raconte don't believe everything he tells you► tout ce qu'il y a de ( = extrêmement) most• c'était tout ce qu'il y a de chic it was the last word in chic► avoir tout de + nom• l'organisation a tout d'une secte the organization is nothing less than a sect► à tout va (inf) [licencier, investir, recruter] like mad (inf) ; [libéralisme, communication, consommation] unbridled• à l'époque, on construisait à tout va at that time there were buildings going up everywhere► en tout ( = au total) in all• ça coûte 1 000 € en tout it costs 1,000 euros in all• leurs programmes politiques s'opposent en tout their political programmes clash in every way► en tout et pour tout all in all• il lui reste 150 euros en tout et pour tout he only has a total of 150 euros left► et tout (inf) and everything• avec les vacances et tout, je n'ai pas eu le temps what with the holidays and all (inf), I didn't have time• j'avais préparé le dîner, fait le ménage et tout et tout I'd made the dinner, done the housework and everything► c'est + tout• ce sera tout ? will that be all?• et ce n'est pas tout ! and that's not all!• c'est pas tout ça, mais il est tard (inf) all this is very nice, but it's getting late► ce n'est pas tout de• ce n'est pas tout de faire son métier, il faut le faire bien it's not enough just to do your job, you have to do it well• cette idée avait surpris et pour tout dire n'avait pas convaincu this idea surprised everybody and, to be honest, wasn't convincing• écoutez bien tous ! listen, all of you!━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━✦ The final s of tous is pronounced only when it is a pronoun.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━3. <a. ► tout + adjectif ( = très) very ; ( = entièrement) quite• toute petite, elle aimait la campagne as a very small child she liked the country► tout (+ en) + nom• je suis tout ouïe ! I'm all ears!• le jardin est tout en fleurs the garden is a mass of flowers► tout + adverbeb. ( = déjà) tout prêtc. ► tout en + participe présent• je suis incapable de travailler tout en écoutant de la musique I can't work and listen to music at the same time• tout en prétendant le contraire il voulait être élu although he pretended otherwise he wanted to be electedd. (locutions)• vous êtes d'accord ? -- tout à fait ! do you agree? -- absolutely!► tout à l'heure ( = plus tard) later ; ( = peu avant) a short while ago• tout à l'heure tu as dit que... you said earlier that...• ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( = ce n'est pas près d'arriver) it won't happen overnight ; ( = c'est improbable) it's hardly likely to happen4. <a. ( = ensemble) whole• prendre le tout to take all of it (or them)b. ( = essentiel) le tout c'est de faire vite the main thing is to be quick about it• ce n'est pas le tout de s'amuser, il faut travailler there's more to life than enjoying yourself, people have got to workc. (locutions)► du tout• pas du tout ! not at all!* * *tu
1.
en tout — ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect
tout bien compté or pesé or considéré — all in all
tout est là — fig that's the whole point
et tout et tout — (colloq) and all that sort of thing
ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir — it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished
2) tous tus, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/youtoutes tant qu'elles sont — all of them, each and every one of them
est-ce que ça conviendra à tous? — will it suit everybody ou everyone?
2.
1) ( exprimant la totalité)bois tout ton lait — drink all your milk, drink up your milk
2) ( véritable)c'est tout un travail/événement — it's quite a job/an event
3) (devant ce qui/que/dont) ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything‘tu en es sûr?’ - ‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ — ‘are you sure?’ - ‘as sure as can be’
4) ( n'importe quel) anyà tout moment — ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly
5) ( total)en toute innocence/franchise — in all innocence/honesty
6) (unique, seul)il a souri pour toute réponse — his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply
on lui donne quelques légumes pour tous gages — all that he gets in the way of wages is a few vegetables
en toutes choses — in all things, in everything
toutes les pages sont déchirées — all the pages are torn, every page is torn
nous irons tous les deux — both of us will go, we'll both go
8) ( chaque) tous/toutes les every
3.
adverbe (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)1) (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) alltout étonnées/toutes honteuses — very surprised/ashamed
tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner — as a small child she already liked to draw
être tout mouillé/sale — to be all wet/dirty
c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire — it's a different matter altogether
2) ( devant un nom)c'est tout le portrait de sa mère — she's the spitting ou very image of her mother
c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire — it's the very opposite
avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre — you see everything in black and white
3) ( tout à fait)tout à côté de/contre/en haut — right by/against/at the top
ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur — they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat
4) ( d'avance)5) ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although6) (marquant la concession: quoique)tout malin/roi qu'il est, il... — he may be clever/a king, but he...
7) ( rien d'autre que)je suis tout ouïe — hum I'm all ears
4.
du tout locution adverbiale(pas) du tout, (point) du tout — not at all
5.
1) ( ensemble)former un tout — to make up ou form a whole
2)le tout — ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing
le tout est de réussir — the main ou most important thing is to succeed
ce n'est pas le tout! — (colloq) this is no good!
6.
Tout- (in compounds)le Tout-Paris/-Londres — the Paris/London smart set
Phrasal Verbs:••
••
Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière généraleOn emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I knowOn emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/grouptout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole bookMais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stayAvec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my lifetout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier
••
Quand tout fait partie d'une locution figée comme tous feux éteints, à tout hasard, de toute(s) part(s), tout compte fait, après tout etc, qu'il est fréquemment associé à un adjectif ou un adverbe donné comme tout nu, tout neuf, tout plein, tout simplement etc, la traduction sera donnée sous le terme principal1. Lorsque tout, adjectif singulier, exprime la totalité, plusieurs traductions sont possibles mais non toujours interchangeables. De manière généraleOn emploiera all lorsque le mot qualifié est non dénombrable: tout le vin/l'argent = all the wine/the money; tout ce bruit/leur talent = all that noise/their talent; c'est tout ce que je sais = that's all I knowOn emploiera the whole si tout peut être remplacé par entier: tout le gâteau/groupe = the whole cake/grouptout un dans le sens de entier se traduit toujours par a whole: tout un livre = a whole bookMais: connaître tout Zola/le Japon = to know the whole of Zola/Japan; lire tout ‘Les Misérables’ = to read the whole of ‘Les Misérables’; pendant tout mon séjour = for the whole of my stayAvec certains mots, en particulier les mots désignant la durée ( journée, mois, saison, vie, vacances etc), les collectifs tels que famille, on pourra employer all ou the whole, la seconde traduction étant légèrement plus emphatique: toute ma vie = all my life, the whole of my lifetout le pays/toute la ville = all the country/town ou = the whole country/town lorsque ces mots désignent la population; au sens géographique, seule la deuxième traduction convient2. throughout (ou all through) signifie du début à la fin, d'un bout à l'autre. On l'emploie souvent pour insister sur la durée ou l'étendue devant un terme singulier ou pluriel qui désigne l'espace de temps ou l'événement pendant lequel un fait a lieu, ou encore le territoire sur lequel il a lieu: pendant tout le match/tous ces mois = throughout the match/those months; la rumeur se répandit dans toute la province = the rumour [BrE] spread throughout the province; faire tout le trajet debout = to stand throughout the journey (ou for the whole journey); il neige sur toute la France = it's snowing throughout France (ou all over France)Au pluriel, tous, toutes se traduiront par all pour exprimer la totalité, par every pour insister sur les composants d'un ensemble, ou encore par any pour indiquer l'absence de discrimination. On notera que every and any sont suivis du singulier* * *tu, tut tout, -e tous mpl toutes fpl1. adj1) (avec article singulier) alltoute la nuit — all night, the whole night
tout le temps — all the time, the whole time
c'est toute une affaire; c'est toute une histoire — it's quite a business, it's a whole rigmarole
2) (avec article pluriel) (= chaque) every, (idée d'intégralité) alltoutes les deux semaines — every other week, every two weeks
toutes les trois semaines — every three weeks, every third week
tous les deux; Nous y sommes allés tous les deux. — We both went., Both of us went.
Nous y sommes allés tous les trois. — All three of us went.
Je les ai invités tous les trois. — I invited all three of them.
3) (sans article) (= n'importe quel)à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit — at any time of the day or night, (= seul)
pour toute nourriture, il avait... — his only food was..., (= chaque)
de tous côtés; de toutes parts (= de partout) — from everywhere, from every side, (= partout) all around
2. prontous; toutes — all
Il a tout fait. — He did everything.
Il a tout organisé. — He organized everything.
Je les vois tous. — I can see them all., I can see all of them.
Je les connais tous. — I know them all., I know all of them.
Nous y sommes tous allés. — We all went., All of us went.
Nous y sommes toutes allées. — We all went., All of us went.
tout de...; Elle a tout d'une mère. — She's a real mother., She's a true mother.
en tout — all together, altogether
tout ce que...; tout ce qu'il sait — all he knows
C'était tout ce qu'il y a de plus chic. — It was the last word in chic., It was the ultimate in chic.
3. nmCeci forme un tout. — It forms a whole.
Je prends le tout. — I'll take it all., I'll take the whole lot.
le tout est de... — the main thing is to...
4. adv1) (= très, complètement) verytout près; tout à côté — very near
Elle habite tout près. — She lives very near.
le tout premier; la toute première — the very first
tout seul; toute seule — all alone
Il est tout seul. — He's all alone.
Elle est toute seule. — She's all alone.
Il était tout rouge. — He was all red in the face.
Elle était toute rouge. — She was all red in the face.
tout de suite — immediately, straight away
2)tout en... — while...
Il a fait son travail tout en chantant. — He sang as he worked., He sang while he worked.
tout à coup; tout d'un coup — suddenly
tout court; Charles-Henri, pouvez-vous... — Je vous en prie, appelez-moi Charles tout court. — Charles-Henri, could you... — Please, just call me Charles.
communication par internet, mais aussi communication tout court — communication via the internet, but also simply communication
tout à l'heure (passé) — just now, a short while ago
Je l'ai vu tout à l'heure. — I saw him just now., (futur) shortly, in a moment
Je finirai ça tout à l'heure. — I'll finish it in a moment.
* * *A pron indéf1 tout ( chaque chose) everything; ( n'importe quoi) anything; ( l'ensemble) all; penser à tout to think of everything; tout est prêt everything is ready; le sucre, les graisses, le sel, tout me fait mal sugar, fat, salt, everything is bad for me; être tout pour qn to be everything to sb; tout peut arriver anything can happen; le chien mange (de) tout the dog will eat anything; tout est prétexte à querelle(s) any pretext will do to start a quarrel; tout n'est pas perdu all is not lost; tout ou rien all or nothing; tout ou partie de qch all or part of sth; tout va bien all's well, everything's fine; en tout ( au total) in all; ( entièrement) in every respect; en tout et pour tout all told; et tout ça parce que/pour and all because/for; tout bien compté or pesé or considéré all in all; tout est là fig that's the whole point; c'est tout dire I need say no more; et tout et tout○ and all that sort of thing; et ce n'est pas tout! and that's not all!; ce n'est pas tout (que) de commencer un travail, il faut le finir it's not enough ou it's all very well to start off a job, it's got to be finished; avoir tout d'un singe/assassin to look just like a monkey/murderer; ⇒ bien, monde, salaire, or;2 tous, toutes ( la totalité des êtres ou choses) all; (la totalité des éléments d'une catégorie, d'un groupe) all of them/us/you; nous sommes tous des pécheurs we are all sinners; le film n'est pas à la portée de tous the film is not accessible to all; merci à tous thank you all; tous ensemble all together; ce sont tous d'anciens soldats all of them are ou they are all former soldiers; il les a tous cassés he has broken all of them, he's broken them all; il l'a dit devant nous tous he said it in front of all of us; leurs enfants, tous musiciens de talent their children, all of them talented musicians; tous ne sont pas d'accord not all of them agree; toutes tant qu'elles sont all of them, each and every one of them; vous tous qui le connaissez all of you who know him; écoutez-moi tous listen to me, all of you; est-ce que ça conviendra à tous? will it suit everybody ou everyone?B adj1 ( exprimant la totalité) bois tout ton lait drink all your milk, drink up your milk; tout le reste est à jeter everything else is to be thrown away; manger tout un pain to eat a whole loaf; tout Pompéi a été enseveli the whole of Pompeii was buried; tout Nice se réjouit the whole of ou all Nice rejoiced; il a plu toute la journée it rained all day (long) ou the whole day; pendant toute une année for a whole year; la semaine se passa toute à attendre the whole ou entire week was spent waiting; j'ai passé tout mon dimanche à travailler I spent the whole of ou all Sunday working; je ne l'ai pas vu de tout l'été I haven't seen him all summer; cet enfant est toute ma vie this child is my whole life; c'est tout le plaisir que tu y trouves? is that all the pleasure ou the only pleasure it gives you?; tout le problème est là that's where the problem lies; tout cela ne compte pas none of that counts; le meilleur dentiste de toute la ville the best dentist in town; tout le monde everybody; ⇒ cœur, monde, temps;2 ( véritable) c'est tout un travail/événement it's quite a job/an event; il a fait toute une histoire he made a real ou big fuss, he made quite a fuss; c'est tout un art there's a whole art to it;3 tout ce qui/que/dont ( l'ensemble) all; ( toutes les choses) everything; ( sans discrimination) anything; tout ce qui compte all that matters; c'est tout ce que je fais that's all I do; tout ce dont j'ai besoin all I need; j'ai acheté tout ce qui était sur la liste I bought everything that was on the list; il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête he says anything that comes into his head; tout ce qu'il dit n'est pas vrai not all of what he says is true; tout ce que le village compte d'enfants, tout ce qu'il y a d'enfants dans le village all the children in the village; être tout ce qu'il y a de plus serviable to be most obliging; c'est tout ce qu'on fait de mieux it's the best there is; ‘tu en es sûr?’-‘tout ce qu'il y a de plus sûr’ ‘are you sure?’-‘as sure as can be’, ‘absolutely sure’;4 ( n'importe quel) any; à tout âge at any age; de toute nature of any kind; à toute heure du jour ou de la nuit at all times of the day or night; ‘service à toute heure’ ‘24 hour service’; à tout moment ( n'importe quand) at any time; ( sans cesse) constantly; tout prétexte leur est bon they'll jump at any excuse; toute personne qui anyone ou anybody who; toute autre solution serait rejetée any other solution would be rejected; tout autre que lui/toi aurait abandonné anybody else would have given up; toute publicité est interdite all advertising is prohibited; pour toute réclamation, s'adresser à… all complaints should be addressed to…; tout billet n'est pas valable not all tickets are valid; ⇒ vérité;5 (sans déterminant: total) en toute innocence/franchise in all innocence/honesty; en toute liberté with complete freedom; donner toute satisfaction to give complete satisfaction; c'est tout bénéfice it's all profit; il aurait tout intérêt à placer cet argent it would be in his best interests to invest this money; partir en toute hâte to leave in a great hurry; un jardin de toute beauté a most beautiful garden; être à toute extrémité to be close to death; ⇒ épreuve, hasard, prix, vitesse;6 (unique, seul) il a souri pour toute réponse his only reply was a smile, he smiled by way of a reply; on lui donne quelques légumes pour tous gages all that he gets in the way of wages is a few vegetables; elle a un chien pour toute compagnie the only company she has ou all she has for company is a dog;7 tous, toutes ( les uns et les autres sans distinction) all, every (+ v sg); ceci vaut pour tous les candidats this applies to all candidates ou to every candidate; en tous pays in all countries, in every country; en toutes choses in all things, in everything; toutes les pages sont déchirées all the pages are torn, every page is torn; les lettres ont toutes été signées the letters have all been signed; j'ai toutes les raisons de me plaindre I have every reason to complain; tous les hommes sont mortels all men are mortal; il a fait tous les métiers he's done all sorts of jobs; tous les prétextes leur sont bons they'll use any excuse (pour to); meubles tous budgets furniture to suit every pocket; tous deux se levèrent both of them got up, they both got up; nous irons tous les deux both of us will go, we'll both go; je les prends tous les trois/quatre etc I'm taking all three/four etc (of them);8 ( chaque) tous/toutes les every; à tous les coins de rue on every street corner; saisir toutes les occasions to seize every opportunity; tous les jours/mois/ans every day/month/year; tous les quarts d'heure/10 mètres every quarter of an hour/10 metres; un cachet toutes les quatre heures one tablet every four hours; tous les deux jours/mois every other day/month; tous les combien? how often?C adv (normally invariable, but agrees in gender and in number with feminine adjective beginning with consonant or h-aspirate)1 (très, extrêmement) very, quite; ( entièrement) all; tout doucement very gently; ils sont tout contents they are very happy; elles sont tout étonnées/toutes honteuses they are very surprised/ashamed; être tout excité to be very ou all excited; être tout jeune/petit to be very young/small; tout enfant, elle aimait déjà dessiner as a small child she already liked to draw; c'est tout naturel it's quite natural; des yeux tout ronds de surprise eyes wide with surprise; être tout mouillé/sale to be all wet/dirty; tout seul dans la vie all alone in life; faire qch tout seul to do sth all by oneself; c'est tout autre chose, c'est une tout autre histoire it's a different matter altogether;2 ( devant un nom) c'est tout le portrait de sa mère she's the spitting ou very image of her mother; c'est tout l'inverse or le contraire it's the very opposite; ça m'en a tout l'air it looks very much like it to me; tu as tout le temps d'y réfléchir you've got plenty of time to think it over; avec toi, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre you see everything in black and white;3 ( tout à fait) la toute dernière ligne the very last line; les tout premiers fruits de l'été the very first fruits of summer; j'habite tout près I live very close by ou very near; tout près de very close to, very near; tout à côté de/contre/en haut right by/against/at the top; il les a mangés tout crus he ate them raw; un gâteau tout entier a whole cake; j'en sais tout autant que lui I know just as much as he does; c'est tout aussi cher it's just as expensive; vêtue tout de noir, tout de noir vêtue dressed all in black; maison tout en longueur very long and narrow house; un jeu tout en finesse a very subtle game; une semaine toute de fatigue a very tiring week; une vie toute de soucis a life full of worry; ils étaient tout en sang/en sueur they were covered in blood/bathed in sweat; être tout en larmes to be in floods of tears; la colline est tout en fleurs the hill is a mass of flowers; elle est tout(e) à son travail she's totally absorbed in her work;4 ( d'avance) tout prêt ready-made; sauces/idées toutes faites ready-made sauces/ideas; des légumes tout épluchés ready-peeled vegetables; ⇒ cuit, vu;5 ( en même temps) while; ( bien que) although; il lisait tout en marchant he was reading as he walked; elle le défendait tout en le sachant coupable she defended him although she knew he was guilty; ⇒ en;6 (marquant la concession: quoique) tout aussi étrange que cela paraisse however strange it may seem; tout prudemment que l'on conduise however carefully one drives; tout malins qu'ils sont, ils… clever though they may be, they…, they may be clever, but they…; toute reine qu'elle est, elle ne peut pas faire ça she may be a queen, but she can't do that;7 ( rien d'autre que) être tout énergie/muscle to be all energy/muscle; être tout sourires to be all smiles; je suis tout ouïe hum I'm all ears; veste tout cuir/laine all leather/wool jacket; ⇒ feu, sucre.D du tout loc adv pas du tout, point du tout liter not at all; sans savoir du tout without knowing at all; je ne le vois plus du tout I don't see him at all now; il ne m'en reste plus du tout I have none left at all; crois-tu qu'il m'ait remercié? du tout! do you think he thanked me? not at all!1 ( ensemble) former un tout to make up ou form a whole; mon tout ( charade) my whole, my all; du tout au tout completely;2 le tout ( la totalité) the whole lot, the lot; ( l'essentiel) the main thing; vendre le tout pour 200 euros to sell the (whole) lot for 200 euros; le tout est de réussir/qu'il réussisse the main ou most important thing is to succeed/that he should succeed; le Grand Tout Relig the Great Whole; ce n'est pas le tout○! this is no good!tout à coup suddenly; tout d'un coup ( soudain) suddenly; ( à la fois) all at once; tout à fait ( entièrement) quite, absolutely; ce n'est pas tout à fait vrai/pareil it's not quite true/the same thing; c'est tout à fait vrai it's quite ou absolutely true; ‘tu es d'accord?’-‘tout à fait’ ‘do you agree?’-‘absolutely’; il est tout à fait charmant he's absolutely ou perfectly charming; être tout à fait pour/contre to be totally for/against; tout à l'heure ( bientôt) in a moment; ( peu avant) a little while ago, just now; à tout à l'heure! see you later!; tout de même ( quand même) all the same, even so; ( indigné) tout de même! really!, honestly!; ( vraiment) quite; tu aurais tout de même pu faire attention! all the same ou even so you might have been careful!; c'est tout de même un peu fort! really ou honestly, it's a bit much!; c'est tout de même bizarre que it's quite strange that; tout de suite at once, straight away; ce n'est pas pour tout de suite ( ce n'est pas pressé) there's no rush; ( ce sera long) it's going to take some time.tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well; être tout yeux tout oreilles to be very attentive.[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) adjectif qualificatif (au singulier)il se plaint toute la journée he complains all the time ou the whole day longtout ceci/cela all (of) this/thatj'ai tout mon temps I've plenty of time ou all the time in the worldavec lui, c'est tout l'un ou tout l'autre with him, it's either (all) black or (all) white2. [devant un nom propre] allj'ai visité tout Paris en huit jours I saw all ou the whole of Paris in a week3. [devant un nom sans article]rouler à toute vitesse to drive at full ou top speeden toute franchise/simplicité in all sincerity/simplicity4. [avec une valeur emphatique]5. (comme adverbe) [entièrement] completely6. [unique, seul] onlyma fille est tout mon bonheur my daughter is my sole ou only source of happiness7. [suivi d'une relative]tout ce qui me gêne, c'est la différence d'âge the only thing ou all I'm worried about is the age differencetout ce qu'il y a de: ses enfants sont tout ce qu'il y a de bien élevés his children are very well-behaved ou are models of good behaviour————————[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) déterminant (adjectif indéfini)tout citoyen a des droits every citizen has rights, all citizens have rightspour tout renseignement, écrivez-nous for further information, write to usde tout temps since time immemorial, from the beginning of timeen tout temps throughout ou all through historytout autre que lui aurait refusé anyone other than him ou anybody else would have refusedB.[AU PLURIEL]1. [exprimant la totalité] alltous les hommes all men, the whole of mankindtous les gens everybody, everyoneje veux tous les détails I want all the details ou the full details2. [devant un nom sans article]ils étaient 150 000, toutes disciplines/races confondues there were 150,000 of them, taking all disciplines/races together3. [exprimant la périodicité] everytoutes les deux semaines every other week, every second week, every two weeksà prendre toutes les quatre heures to be taken every four hours ou at four-hourly intervals————————[tu, devant voyelle ou h muet tut ] ( féminin toute [tut], pluriel masculin tous [ adjectif tu, pronom tus], pluriel féminin toutes [tut]) pronom indéfini[n'importe quoi] anythingce sera tout? [dans un magasin] will be that all?, anything else?ce n'est pas tout de faire des enfants, il faut les élever ensuite having children is one thing, but then you've got to bring them upêtre tout pour quelqu'un to be everything for somebody, to mean everything to somebodyon aura tout vu! now I've ou we've seen everything!a. [objets] that's everythingb. [problème] that's the whole point ou the crux of the matteravec toi c'est tout ou rien with you, it's all or nothing ou one extreme or the othertout se passe comme si... it's as though...à tout faire [produit] all-purposetout bien considéré, tout bien réfléchi all things consideredB.[AU PLURIEL]1. [désignant ce dont on a parlé]il y a plusieurs points de vue, tous sont intéressants there are several points of view, they are all interestingj'adore les prunes — prends-les toutes I love plums — take them all ou all of them2. [avec une valeur récapitulative] allJean, Pierre, Jacques, tous voulaient la voir Jean, Pierre, Jacques, they all wanted to see her3. [tout le monde]à vous tous qui m'avez aidé, merci to all of you who helped me, thank youtous tant ou autant que nous sommes all of us, every (single) one of ustout ( féminin toute, pluriel féminin toutes) adverbe (s'accorde en genre et en nombre devant un adjectif féminin commençant par une consonne ou un h aspiré)ils étaient tout seuls they were quite ou completely alonesa chevelure était toute hérissée his/her hair was all messyses tout premiers mots his/her very first wordstout mouillé wet ou soaked through, drenchedtout simplement/autrement quite simply/differentlytéléphone-moi, tout simplement just phone me, that's the easiest (way)une toile tout coton a 100% cotton cloth, an all cotton materialil est toute bonté/générosité he is goodness/generosity itselfça, c'est tout lui! that's typical of him ou just like him!2. [en intensif]tout en haut/bas right at the top/bottom3. [déjà]tout prêt ou préparé ready-madetout bébé, elle dansait déjà even as a baby, she was already dancing4. (avec un gérondif) [indiquant la simultanéité][indiquant la concession]tout en avouant son ignorance dans ce domaine, il continuait à me contredire although he'd confessed his ignorance in that field, he kept on contradicting metout nom masculin1. [ensemble] wholemon tout est un instrument de musique [dans une charade] my whole ou all is a musical instrument2. [l'essentiel]ce n'est pas le tout de critiquer, il faut pouvoir proposer autre chose it's not enough to criticize, you've got to be able to suggest something elsejouer ou risquer le tout pour le tout to risk (one's) alltenter le tout pour le tout to make a (final) desperate attempt ou a last ditch effortc'est un tout it's all the same, it makes no difference————————du tout locution adverbialeje vous dérange? — du tout, du tout! am I disturbing you? — not at all ou not in the least!elle finissait son café sans du tout se soucier de notre présence she was finishing her coffee without paying any attention to us at all ou whatsoever————————en tout locution adverbialeen tout et pour tout locution adverbialeen tout et pour tout, nous avons dépensé 300 euros all in all, we've spent 300 eurostout à coup locution adverbialetout à fait locution adverbiale2. [exactement] exactlyc'est tout à fait ce que je cherche/le même it's exactly what I've been looking for/the same3. [oui] certainly————————tout de même locution adverbialej'irai tout de même all the same, I'll still go2. [en intensif]tout de même, tu exagères! steady on!, that's a bit much!————————tout de suite locution adverbiale2. [dans l'espace] immediately————————tout... que locution conjonctivetout directeur qu'il est ou qu'il soit,... he may well be the boss,... -
86 un
un, une [œ̃, yn]━━━━━━━━━2. pronoun3. adjective━━━━━━━━━1. <a━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► a devient an devant une voyelle.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• un chien sent tout de suite si quelqu'un a peur de lui dogs know straight away when you're afraid of them• un certain M. Legrand a Mr Legrand• elle a fait une de ces scènes ! (inf) she made a dreadful scene!• j'ai une de ces faims ! (inf) I'm so hungry!2. <• c'est un de ces enfants qui s'ennuient partout he's one of those children who gets bored wherever he goes(PROV) un de perdu, dix de retrouvés there are plenty more fish in the sea• personne ne t'a forcé de venir, et d'une ! for a start no one forced you to come!► un à un, un par un one by one• ajouter les œufs un par un add the eggs one at a time► en... un• en voilà un qui ne se gêne pas ! well, he's got a nerve!• j'en connais un qui sera content ! I know someone who'll be pleased!• il m'en a raconté une drôle sur le directeur he told me a really funny one about the manager► l'un d'eux, l'un d'entre eux one of them► l'un de• l'une des meilleures chanteuses one of the best singers► les uns... les autres... some people... others...• serrés l'un contre l'autre huddled together► l'un dans l'autre ( = tout bien considéré) all in all3. <• un jour, il m'a téléphoné one day he phoned me4. <( = nombre) one5. <a. ( = nombre) une, deux ! une, deux ! left, right! left, right!• à la une, à la deux, à la trois ! (inf) with a one and a two and a three!* * *
1.
1) ( au singulier) a, anil n'a pas dit un mot — he didn't say a ou one word
un jour, je t'en parlerai — I'll tell you about it one day
2) ( au pluriel)il y a des gens qui ne comprennent jamais rien — there are some people who never understand anything
3) ( en emphase)il fait un froid or un de ces froids! — it's so cold!
2.
(l')un d'entre or de nous — one of us
un de ces jours or quatre — (colloq) one of these days
les uns pensent que... — some think that...
3.
adjectif one, a (devant une consonne), an (devant une voyelle)ici, il pleut un jour sur deux — it rains every other day here
4.
nom masculin, féminin oneun à ou par un — one by one
5.
(colloq) adverbe firstly, for one thingun, je fais ce que je veux et deux ça ne te regarde pas! — firstly, I do what I like and secondly it's none of your business!
6.
nom masculin1) ( nombre) oneun, deux, trois, partez! — one, two, three, go!
2) ( valeur ordinale)page/scène un — page/scene one
3) fig••s'en jeter un (derrière la cravate) — (colloq) to knock back a drink (colloq)
un pour tous et tous pour un — all for one and one for all; dix
••
Emploi et prononciation de a et an- On emploie a ə devant les consonnes, les h aspirés et les semi-consonnes j, w (dans a university, a one-eyed man), et an ən devant les voyelles et h muets (hour, honest, heir)Un = pronom- L'emploi de un en corrélation avec autre est traité sous autre. Voir aussi chose, comme, ainsi que les verbes avec lesquels le pronom se substitue familièrement à un groupe nominal comme coller - en coller une, placer - en placer une etc)Un = adjectif numéralEn général, un, adjectif numéral, se traduit indifféremment par a ou one: j'ai un garçon et deux filles = I have a ou one boy and two girlsEn revanche un se traduit par one quand on veut insister sur le nombre. Ainsi, on dira: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas deux) = there's only one apple left; mais: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas d'autres fruits) = there's only an apple left; j'ai un frère et deux soeurs ( nous sommes quatres enfants) = I have one brother and two sisters; mais: j'ai un frère qui est informaticien ( j'ai d'autres frères) = I have a brother who is a computer scientist; ça coûte une livre = it costs a ou one pound; mais: ça coûte une livre cinquante = it costs one pound fifty; cela a pris une heure = it took an ou one hour; mais: il est une heure = it is one o'clock
••
Emploi et prononciation de a et an- On emploie a ə devant les consonnes, les h aspirés et les semi-consonnes j, w (dans a university, a one-eyed man), et an ən devant les voyelles et h muets (hour, honest, heir)Un = pronom- L'emploi de un en corrélation avec autre est traité sous autre. Voir aussi chose, comme, ainsi que les verbes avec lesquels le pronom se substitue familièrement à un groupe nominal comme coller - en coller une, placer - en placer une etc)Un = adjectif numéralEn général, un, adjectif numéral, se traduit indifféremment par a ou one: j'ai un garçon et deux filles = I have a ou one boy and two girlsEn revanche un se traduit par one quand on veut insister sur le nombre. Ainsi, on dira: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas deux) = there's only one apple left; mais: il ne reste qu'une pomme ( pas d'autres fruits) = there's only an apple left; j'ai un frère et deux soeurs ( nous sommes quatres enfants) = I have one brother and two sisters; mais: j'ai un frère qui est informaticien ( j'ai d'autres frères) = I have a brother who is a computer scientist; ça coûte une livre = it costs a ou one pound; mais: ça coûte une livre cinquante = it costs one pound fifty; cela a pris une heure = it took an ou one hour; mais: il est une heure = it is one o'clock* * *œ̃, yn (une)1. art indéf1) (généralement) a, an devant voyelleIl y avait une foule! — It was so crowded!, There was such a crowd!
un de ces... — such a...
J'ai eu une de ces migraines. — I had such a headache.
2. pronIl n'y en a pas un de bon. — Not one of them is any good.
Ils entraient un par un. — They went in one by one.
l'un..., l'autre — the one..., the other
L'un est grand, l'autre est petit. — One is tall, the other is short.
l'un et l'autre — both of them, both
les uns..., les autres — some..., others
Les uns marchaient, les autres couraient. — Some were walking, others were running.
l'un ou l'autre — either of them, either
Prends l'un ou l'autre, ça m'est égal. — Take either of them, I don't mind.
l'un l'autre; les uns les autres — each other, one another
3. numCombien de timbres? - Un. — How many stamps? - One.
Elle a un an. — She's one year old.
4. nm invle un — number one, one
5. nfla une PRESSE — the front page
* * *1 ( au singulier) a, an; une pomme an apple; une femme vous demande a woman is asking for you; un ciel couvert an overcast sky; avec un sang-froid remarquable with remarkable self-control; il n'a pas dit un mot he didn't say a ou one word; il n'y avait pas un arbre there wasn't a single tree; c'est un Paul furieux que j'ai vu sortir du bureau it was an angry Paul that I saw coming out of the office; leur mère était une Montagut their mother was a Montagut; un chien est plus docile qu'un chat dogs are more docile than cats, a dog is more docile than a cat; un accident est vite arrivé accidents soon happen; un jour, je t'en parlerai I'll tell you about it one day;2 ( au pluriel) il y avait des mille-pattes et des scorpions there were millipedes and scorpions; il y a des gens qui ne comprennent jamais rien there are some people who never understand anything; des invités avaient déjà défait leur cravate some guests had already loosened their ties;3 ( en emphase) il fait un froid or un de ces froids! it's so cold!; j'ai une soif or une de ces soifs! I'm so thirsty!; elle marchait avec une grâce! she was walking so gracefully!; elle m'a donné une de ces gifles! she gave me such a slap!; il y a un monde aujourd'hui! there are so many people today!; il travaille jusqu'à des deux heures du matin he works up until two in the morning; il y en a des qui vont bien rire○! some people are going to have a good laugh!B pron (pl uns, unes) gén one; (l')un de or d'entre nous one of us; (l')un des meilleurs one of the best; un de ces jours or quatre○ one of these days; l'un est diplomate one is a diplomat; les uns pensent que… some think that…; pas un n'a dit merci not one of them said thank you; un qui sera surpris, c'est… one person who will be surprised is…; t'en as un, de bateau, toi○? have YOU got a boat?C adj one, a ( devant une consonne), an ( devant une voyelle); j'y suis resté un jour I stayed there for a ou one day; trente et une personnes ont été blessées thirty-one people were injured; ici, il pleut un jour sur deux it rains every other day here.D nm,f one; il n'en reste qu'un there's only one left ; il y en a un par personne there's one each; j'en ai déjà mangé un I've already eaten one; les deux villes n'en font plus qu'une the two cities have merged into one; un à ou par un [cueillir, ramasser, laver] one by one; [arriver, entrer, partir] one by one, one after the other; traiter les problèmes un à ou par un to deal with the problems one by one.E ○adv firstly, for one thing; un, je fais ce que je veux et deux ça ne te regarde pas! firstly, I do what I like and secondly it's none of your business!, for one thing I do what I like, for another thing it's none of your business!F nm1 ( nombre) one; il y a trois uns dans cent onze there are three ones in one hundred and eleven; un, deux, trois, partez! one, two, three, go!; faire un un ( aux dés) to throw a one;2 ( valeur ordinale) page/scène un page/scene one;3 fig elle ne faisait qu'un avec sa machine she and her machine were as one; dans l'adversité ils ne font qu'un they are united in the face of adversity.tu peux me prêter 20 euros? je suis sans un○ could you lend me 20 euros? I'm broke○; s'en jeter un (derrière la cravate)○ to knock back a drink○; elle est fière comme pas une she's extremely proud; il est menteur comme pas un he's the greatest liar; c'est tout un it's all one to me; un pour tous et tous pour un all for one and one for all.( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] déterminant (article indéfini)il doit y avoir une erreur there must be a ou some mistakeun jour, ce sera permis one day ou someday, it will be allowedc'est avec un grand plaisir que... it's with great pleasure that...un grand voyage se prépare des mois à l'avance a ou any long journey needs months of preparation3. [avec une valeur emphatique]il est d'une bêtise/d'un drôle! he's so stupid/funny!il gagne des 2 000 ou 3 000 euros par mois he makes up to 2,000 or 3,000 euros a month4. [avec un nom propre]un M. Baloi vous demande au téléphone there's a Mr Baloi for you (on the phone)c'est une future Callas she will be another ou she's the next Callas[désignant une œuvre]faire l'acquisition d'un Picasso/d'un Van Gogh to acquire a Picasso/a Van Gogh————————( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] pronom indéfini1. [dans un ensemble] one[en corrélation avec 'de']un des événements qui a le plus retenu mon attention one of the events that really grabbed my attention[avec l'article défini]c'est l'un des concerts les plus réussis de ma carrière it's one of the most successful concerts of my careerl'un de mes amis one of my friends, a friend of mine2. [en corrélation avec 'en'] oneon demanda un médecin, il y en avait un dans la salle they called for a doctor, there was one in the roomparmi les enfants, il y en a un qui... one of the children...————————( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] déterminant (adjectif numéral)1. oneune femme sur cinq one woman out of ou in fiveil y a un problème, un seul there's just one problemils n'ont même pas marqué un (seul) but they didn't even score one ou a single goalj'ai fait plus d'une erreur dans ma jeunesse I made many mistakes ou more than one mistake in my youthune à une, les lumières s'éteignaient the lights were going out one by one ou one after the otheravale les cachets un par un swallow the tablets one by one ou one at a timeet d'un, et de deux! that's one, and another (one)!2. [dans des séries] oneune, deux! une, deux! left, right! left, right!————————( féminin une, pluriel masculin uns [œ̃], pluriel féminin unes [yn], pluriel des [de]) [œ̃, devant nm commençant par voyelle ou h muet œ̃n, yn ] adjectif qualificatifun nom masculin invariable -
87 venir
venir [v(ə)niʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 22━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <a. to come• je viens ! I'm coming!• comment est-il venu ? -- en voiture how did he get here? -- by car► faire venir [+ médecin, plombier] to call• il fait venir son vin de Provence he has his wine sent from Provence► venir (jusqu')à ( = atteindre) (vers le haut) to come up to ; (vers le bas) to come down to ; (en longueur, en superficie) to reach• d'où vient que... ? how is it that...?• d'où vient cette hâte soudaine ? why the hurry all of a sudden?• ça vient de ce que... it comes from the fact that...b. ( = arriver, survenir) to come• il ne sait pas encore nager, mais ça va venir he can't swim yet, but it'll come• ça vient ? come on!• alors ce dossier, ça vient ? so when's that file going to be ready?• et ma bière ? -- ça vient ! where's my beer? -- it's coming!c. (dans le temps, dans une série) to come• le moment viendra où... the time will come when...► à venire. (locutions)• où voulez-vous en venir ? what are you getting at?• j'en viens à me demander si... I'm beginning to wonder if...• comment les choses en sont-elles venues là ? how did things come to this?► y venir• et le budget ? -- j'y viens and the budget? -- I'm coming to that2. <• viens voir ! come and see!• après cela ne viens pas te plaindre ! and don't come complaining afterwards!► venir de + infinitif to have just• elle venait de m'appeler she had just called me► venir à + infinitif3. <• il ne lui viendrait pas à l'idée que j'ai besoin d'aide it wouldn't occur to him that I might need help• il vient un moment où... the time comes when...* * *vəniʀ
1.
verbe auxiliaire1) ( marque l'occurrence)2) ( marque le mouvement)3) ( marque le développement)
2.
verbe intransitif1) ( dans l'espace) to comeje viens or suis venu pour m'excuser — I've come to apologize
allez, viens! — come on!
d'où viens-tu? — ( reproche) where have you been?
je viens de sa part — he/she sent me to see you
faire venir quelqu'un — ( demander) to send for somebody, to get somebody (colloq); ( en le convainquant) to get somebody to come; ( attirer) to attract somebody [client]
faire venir quelque chose — ( commander) to order something; ( par la poste) to send for something
gens venus d'ailleurs — ( de l'étranger) foreigners; ( de l'extérieur) outsiders
les mots ne venaient pas — he/she etc couldn't find the words
l'inspiration ne venait pas — inspiration failed him/her etc
l'idée lui vint que — the idea occurred to him/her that
ça ne m'est jamais venu à l'idée or l'esprit — it never crossed my mind ou occurred to me
il lui est venu une idée bizarre — he/she had a weird idea
2) ( dans le temps)ça vient, ça vient! — (colloq) it's coming!, it's on its way!
le moment venu — ( au futur) when the time comes; ( au passé) when the time came
je préfère laisser or voir venir (les choses) — I'd rather wait and see how things turn out
3) ( marquant l'origine)ça me vient naturellement or tout seul — that's just the way I am
4) ( dans une hiérarchie)venir après/avant — to come after/before
5)s'il faut en venir là — if it gets to that point, if it comes to that
en venir aux mains or aux coups — to come to blows
••
venir de + infinitifvenir verbe auxiliaire servant à former le passé immédiat: venir de faire = to have just done; elle vient (tout juste) de partir = she's (only) just left; il venait de se marier = he'd just got married; je viens de te le dire = I've just told you. Attention aux exceptions du genre vient de paraître = ( pour un livre) ‘new!’; = ( pour un disque) ‘new release’venir + infinitifLa traduction de la construction dépend du temps: j'ai demandé au plombier de venir vérifier la chaudière = I asked the plumber to come and check the boiler; le plombier viendra vérifier la chaudière = the plumber will come and check the boiler; le plombier vient vérifier la chaudière aujourd'hui = the plumber is coming to check the boiler today; te rappelles-tu quel jour le plombier est venu vérifier la chaudière? = can you remember which day the plumber came to check the boiler?; il était venu vérifier la chaudière et il en a profité pour réparer le robinet de l'évier = he had come to check the boiler and took the opportunity to mend the tap on the sink; viens voir = come and seeCependant, pour les activités sportives, on aura: elle a décidé de venir nager/faire du cheval = she has decided to come swimming/riding. On pourra aussi avoir: viens déjeuner = come for lunch, lunch étant un nom, ou encore: venez nous voir un de ces jours = come over ou round GB sometimeExemples supplémentaires et exceptions sont présentés ci-dessous aussi bien pour venir verbe auxiliaire I, que pour venir verbe intransitif II* * *v(ə)niʀ1. vi1) (provenance) to comeIl viendra demain. — He'll come tomorrow.
Il est venu nous voir. — He came to see us.
2)faire venir [docteur, plombier] — to call, to call out
On a fait venir le médecin. — We called the doctor., We called the doctor out.
Je viens d'y aller. — I've just been there.
Je viens de le voir. — I've just seen him.
Je viens de lui téléphoner. — I've just phoned him.
où veux-tu en venir? — what are you getting at?, what are you driving at?
à venir; les années à venir — the years to come
je te vois venir — I know what you're after, I can see where you're going
d'où vient que...? — how is it that...?
2. vb imperss'il vient à...; s'il vient à pleuvoir — if it should rain, if it happens to rain
s'il venait à neiger — if it should snow, if it happens to snow
2)il me vient...; Il me vient une idée. — An idea has just occurred to me.
Il m'est venu des soupçons. — I was beginning to be suspicious.
* * *venir ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: venirA v aux1 ( marque l'occurrence) venir aggraver la situation to make the situation worse; venir contribuer au chômage to push unemployment up;2 ( marque le mouvement) le ballon est venu rouler sous mes pieds/atterrir○ dans notre jardin the ball rolled up to my feet/landed in our garden;3 ( marque le développement) et si je venais à tomber malade? what if I should fall ill GB ou get sick US?; s'il venait à pleuvoir if it should rain; même s'il venait à changer d'avis even if he were to change his mind; s'il venait à l'apprendre if he ever got to hear about it; s'il venait à la quitter if he ever left her; quand il venait à sortir when he happened to go out; la maladie vint à s'aggraver the illness became more serious; il en vint à la détester he came to hate her.B vi1 ( dans l'espace) to come; viens quand tu veux come whenever you like; je viens or suis venu pour m'excuser I've come to apologize; il est venu (droit) sur moi he came straight up to me; tu peux toujours venir chez moi/dans mon bureau/à Londres/au Canada/en Irlande you can always come to my house/to my office/to London/to Canada/to Ireland; il vient beaucoup de gens le samedi lots of people come on Saturdays; la route vient jusqu'ici the road comes this far; l'eau leur venait aux genoux the water came up to their knees; venir de loin/de Hongkong to come from far away/from Hong Kong; allez, viens! come on!; d'où viens-tu? ( reproche) where have you been?; j'en viens I've just been there; il est venu quelqu'un pour toi ( encore là) someone's here to see you; ( reparti) someone came to see you; je viens de sa part he/she sent me to see you; faire venir qn ( demander) to send for sb, to get sb○; ( obtenir) to get sb to come; ( attirer) to attract sb; faire venir le plombier to send for the plumber, to get the plumber in; tu ne pourras jamais la faire venir you'll never get her to come; faire venir les clients to attract customers, to bring in the customers; faire venir le médecin to call the doctor; c'est le champagne qui le fait venir he comes for the champagne; pourquoi nous avoir fait venir si tôt? why did they get us to come here so early?; faire venir qch ( commander) to order sth; ( par la poste) to send for sth; faire venir son thé du Yunnan/ses chaussures d'Italie to get one's tea from Yunnan province/one's shoes from Italy; je suis venu ce soir vous parler du racisme I've come here tonight to talk to you about racism; plantes venues d'ailleurs plants from far-off places; produits venus d'ailleurs imported products; gens venus d'ailleurs ( étrangers) foreigners; ( des extérieurs) outsiders; le nom ne me vient pas à l'esprit the name escapes me; les mots ne venaient pas he/she etc couldn't find the words; l'inspiration ne venait pas inspiration failed him/her etc; ça m'est venu tout d'un coup ( une idée) it suddenly came to me; l'idée lui vint que the idea occurred to him/her that; ça ne m'est jamais venu à l'idée or l'esprit it never crossed my mind ou occurred to me; il ne m'est jamais venu à l'idée or l'esprit de te mentir/qu'il pourrait mentir it never occurred to me to lie to you/that he would lie; il lui est venu une idée bizarre he/she had a weird idea; un sourire lui vint aux lèvres, il lui vint un sourire aux lèvres he/she gave a smile;2 ( dans le temps) il faut prendre les choses comme elles viennent you must take things as they come; ça vient, ça vient○! it's coming!, it's on its way!; l'année qui vient the coming year; dans les années à venir in the years to come; dans les jours à venir in the next few days; le moment venu ( au futur) when the time comes; ( au passé) when the time came; quand le printemps viendra when spring comes; (il) viendra un jour où il le regrettera the day will come when ou there'll come a day when he'll regret it; la nuit va bientôt venir it'll soon be dark; le moment du départ est venu it's time to leave; dans l'heure qui vient within the hour; les difficultés à venir future problems; attends, ça va venir wait, it's coming; je préfère laisser or voir venir (les choses) I'd rather wait and see how things turn out; alors, ça vient○?, ça vient oui ou non○? ( une réponse) am I ever going to get an answer○?; ( une personne) are you ever coming?; comment êtes-vous venu à l'enseignement? how did you come to take up teaching?; venir en troisième position to come third; venir loin derrière to trail a long way behind; venir ensuite to follow, to come next; il est venu un moment où j'étais trop fatigué I got to the point when I was too tired;3 ( marquant l'origine) venir d'une famille protestante to come from a Protestant family; venir du grec to come from the Greek; de quelle école vient-il? what school did he go to?; cette bague me vient de ma tante my aunt left me this ring; le succès du roman vient de son style the novel's success is due to its style; ça vient du fait que la situation a changé it stems from the fact that the situation has changed; ça vient de ce qu'ils ne se parlent pas it's all because they don't talk to each other; d'où vient qu'il ne comprend jamais? how is it that he never understands?, how come he never understands?; d'où vient que vous êtes triste? why are you sad?; de là vient qu'il est toujours angoissé hence his continual anxiety, that's why he's always anxious; ça me vient naturellement or tout seul that's just the way I am;4 ( dans une hiérarchie) venir après/avant to come after/before; la famille vient avant le reste the family comes before everything else;5 en venir à to come to; j'en viens au problème qui vous préoccupe I now come to your problem; en venir à abandonner ses études to get to the point of dropping out; s'il faut en venir là if it gets to that point, if it comes to that; il en était venu à la faire suivre/vouloir se suicider he even had her followed/considered suicide; comment a-t-elle pu en venir à de telles extrémités? how could she have resorted to such desperate measures?; ils y viendront d'eux-mêmes ( à une idée) they'll come round of their own accord; venons-en à l'ordre du jour let's get down to the agenda; où veut-il en venir (au juste)? what's he driving at?; en venir aux mains to come to blows; ils en sont venus aux coups they came to blows.[vənir] verbe auxiliaire1. [se rendre quelque part pour] to come and ou totu l'as bien cherché, alors ne viens pas te plaindre! you asked for it, so now don't come moaning to me about it!qu'est-ce que tu viens nous raconter ou chanter là? (familier) what on earth are you on about (UK) ou talking about?2. [avoir fini de]je viens de l'avoir au téléphone I was on the phone to her just a few minutes ou a short while ago3. (soutenu)venir à [exprime un hasard] to happen tosi les vivres venaient à manquer should food supplies run out, if food supplies were to run out————————[vənir] verbe intransitifA.[AVEC IDÉE DE MOUVEMENT]1. [se déplacer, se rendre] to comeil est reparti ou il s'en est allé comme il était venub. [il est mort] he died without having made his markalors, tu viens? are you coming?on va au restaurant, tu viens avec nous? we're off to the restaurant, are you coming with us ou along?venir sur [prédateur, véhicule] to move in on, to bear down uponvenir vers quelqu'un [s'approcher] to come up to ou towards somebodya. [s'adresser à quelqu'un] to come to somebodyb. [atteindre quelqu'un] to reach somebody2. [emmener, appeler]a. [médecin, police, réparateur] to send for, to callb. [parasites, touristes] to attractB.[SANS IDÉE DE MOUVEMENT] [distance]venir à ou jusqu'àb. [vers le bas] to come down to, to reach (down to)c. [en largeur, en longueur] to come out to, to stretch to, to reachC.[SURGIR, SE MANIFESTER]1. [arriver - moment, saison] to comevoici venir la nuit it's nearly night ou nighttimepuis il vient un âge/moment où... then comes an age/a time when...ça va venir: je ne suis jamais tombé amoureux — non, mais ça va venir! I've never fallen in love — (no, but) you will one day!alors, elle vient cette bière? am I getting that beer or not?, how long do I have to wait for my beer?alors, ça vient? hurry up!ça vient, ça vient! alright, it's coming!2. [apparaître - inspiration, idée, boutons] to comeprendre la vie comme elle vient ou les choses comme elles viennent ou les événements comme ils viennent to take things in one's stride ou as they come, to take life as it comesvenir à quelqu'un: l'envie m'est soudain venue d'aller me baigner I suddenly felt like going swimming ou fancied a swimles mots ne me venaient pas I was at a loss for words, I couldn't find the wordsvenir à l'esprit de quelqu'un ou à l'idée de quelqu'un to come to ou to dawn on somebody3. [dans une chronologie, un ordre, une hiérarchie] to comele mois/l'année/la décennie qui vient the coming month/year/decadedans ce jeu, l'as vient après le valet in this game, the ace is worth less than the jackvenir à maturité to reach maturity, to ripen5. IMPRIMERIE & PHOTOGRAPHIEvenir bien/mal: les verts viennent bien sur la photo the green shades come out beautifully in the photograph————————[vənir] verbe impersonnel1. [se déplacer]2. [idée, réflexion]il m'est venu à l'idée de faire I suddenly thought of doing, it dawned on me to do3. [exprime un hasard]————————venir à verbe plus préposition1. [choisir] to come to2. [atteindre]a. [thème, problème] to come ou to turn tob. [conclusion] to come to, to reachc. [décision] to come toen venir au fait ou à l'essentiel to come ou to go straight to the pointje sais certaines choses... — où veux-tu en venir? I know a thing or two... — what do you mean by that ou are you getting at ou are you driving at?en venir aux mains ou coups to come to blowsa. [finir par] to come tob. [en dernière extrémité] to resort ou to be reduced toj'en viens à me demander si... I'm beginning to wonder whether...si j'en suis venu à voler, c'est que... I resorted to stealing because...y venir [s'y résoudre] to come round to it————————venir de verbe plus préposition1. [être originaire de - suj: personne] to come from, to be from, to be a native of ; [ - suj: plante, fruit, animal] to come ou to be ou to originate fromune mode qui vient d'Espagne a fashion which comes from ou originated in Spainle mot vient du latin the word comes ou derives from Latin2. [provenir de - suj: marchandise] to originate from ; [ - suj: bruit, vent] to come from3. [être issu de] to come fromvenant d'elle, c'est presque un compliment coming from her it's almost a compliment4. [être dû à - suj: problème] to come ou to stem from, to lie in ou withil y a une grosse erreur dans la comptabilité — ça ne vient pas de moi there's a big discrepancy in the books — it's got nothing to do with mec'est de là que vient le mal/problème this is the root of the evil/problemde là vient son indifférence hence her indifference, that's why she's indifferentde là vient que: les travaux sont finis, de là vient que tout est calme the building work is over, hence the peace and quietd'où vient que: je dois terminer pour demain, d'où vient que je n'ai pas de temps à vous consacrer my deadline is tomorrow, that's why I can't give you any of my timed'où vient que...? how is it that...?————————s'en venir verbe pronominal intransitif————————à venir locution adjectivaledans les jours/semaines/mois à venir in the days/weeks/months to comeles années à venir the coming years ou years to comeles générations à venir future ou coming generations -
88 voir
voir [vwaʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 301. <a. to see• vous n'avez encore rien vu ! you ain't seen nothing yet! (inf)• c'est ce que nous verrons ! we'll see about that!• on aura tout vu ! we've seen everything now!• comment voyez-vous l'avenir ? how do you see the future?► voir + infinitif• notre pays voit renaître le fascisme our country is witnessing the rebirth of fascism► aller voir to go and see• fais voir ! let me have a look!• va te faire voir (ailleurs) ! (inf!) get lost! (inf!)• qu'il aille se faire voir (chez les Grecs) ! (inf!) he can go to hell! (inf!)► à le (ou te etc) voir• à le voir, on ne lui donnerait pas 90 ans to look at him, you wouldn't think he was 90b. ( = pouvoir voir, imaginer)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• est-ce que tu le vois ? can you see it?• tu me vois aller lui dire ça ? can you see me telling him that?• il va encore protester, je vois ça d'ici he's going to start protesting again, I can see it comingc. ( = examiner, étudier) [+ dossier] to look at ; [+ circulaire] to reade. (locutions)• tu vas le faire tout de suite, vu ? (inf) you're going to do it straightaway, okay?• nous n'avons pas la même façon de voir les choses we see things differently► c'est tout vu ! (inf) that's for sure!► à voir• à voir son train de vie, elle doit être très riche if her lifestyle is anything to go by, she must be very well-off• il ne fera plus cette erreur -- c'est à voir he won't make the same mistake again -- we'll see► il n'y a qu'à voir• il n'a pas de goût, il n'y a qu'à voir comment il s'habille he's got no taste, you only have to look at the clothes he wears► rien à voir• cela a quelque chose à voir avec... this has got something to do with...• son nouveau film ? rien à voir avec les précédents his new film? it's nothing like his previous work• le résultat n'a plus grand-chose à voir avec le projet initial the result bears very little relation to the initial project► pour voir just to see• essaie un peu, pour voir ! just you try!► passer voir• je suis passé le voir I went to see him► vouloir + voir• je veux voir ça ! I want to see that!• je voudrais t'y voir ! I'd like to see you try!• tu aurais dû refuser ! -- j'aurais voulu t'y voir ! you should have said no! -- I'd like to see what you'd have done!► bien voir• nous allons bien voir ! we'll soon find out!• j'ai quelques économies, ça me permettra de voir venir (inf) I've got some savings which should be enough to see me through (inf)• on va perdre, ça je le vois venir (gros comme une maison) (inf) ( = prévoir) we're going to lose, I can see it coming (a mile off (inf))• je te vois venir (avec tes gros sabots) (inf) I can see what you're leading up to► se faire mal voir• si elle ne revient pas travailler lundi, elle va se faire mal voir if she doesn't come back to work on Monday, it won't look too good2. <a. to see• dis-moi voir... tell me...• essaie voir ! (inf) just you try it!• regarde voir ce qu'il a fait ! (inf) just look what he's done!• un peu de charité, voyons ! (rappel à l'ordre) come on now, let's be charitable!• voyons voyons ! let's see now !• c'est trop lourd pour toi, voyons ! come on now, it's too heavy for you!3. <4. <► se voira. (soi-même) to see o.s.• il la trouve moche -- il ne s'est pas vu ! he thinks she's ugly -- has he looked in the mirror lately?c. ( = se trouver) se voir contraint de to find o.s. forced to• je me vois dans la triste obligation de... I have the sad task of...d. ( = être visible) [tache, couleur, sentiments] to showe. ( = se produire) cela se voit tous les jours it happens every day• cela ne s'est jamais vu ! it's unheard of!f. (fonction passive) ils se sont vu interdire l'accès du musée they were refused admission to the museum* * *vwaʀ
1.
1) ( percevoir par les yeux) to see [personne, objet]à le voir, on le prendrait pour un clochard — to look at him, you'd think he was a tramp
2) (être spectateur, témoin de) [personne] to see [film, incident]; [lieu] to see [événement, évolution]3) ( se figurer) to see4) ( juger) to seevoir favorablement quelque chose — to be favourably [BrE] disposed toward(s) something
5) (comprendre, déceler) to see [moyen, avantage]6) (constater, découvrir) to seevoir si/pourquoi — to find out ou to see if/why
on verra bien — well, we'll see
‘je ne paierai pas!’ - ‘c'est ce que nous verrons!’ — ‘I won't pay!’ - ‘we shall see about that!’
touches-y, pour voir! — ( menace) you just touch it!
7) (examiner, étudier) to see [malade]; to look at [problème, dossier]8) (recevoir, se rendre chez) to see [client, médecin, ami]9) ( visiter) to see [ville, monument]10) ( avoir un rapport avec)
2.
voyez à ce que tout soit prêt — see to it ou make sure that everything is ready
3.
verbe intransitif1) ( avec les yeux)voir, y voir — to be able to see
je or j'y vois à peine — I can hardly see
2) ( par l'esprit)voir loin — ( être prévoyant) to look ahead; ( être perspicace) to be far-sighted
il faut voir — (colloq) ( ça mérite réflexion) we'll have to see
3) ( rappel à l'ordre)voyons, sois sage! — come on now, behave yourself!
4.
se voir verbe pronominal1) (dans la glace, en imagination) to see oneself2) ( se remarquer) [tache, défaut] to showcela se voit tous les jours — it happens all the time ou every day
3) ( se trouver)se voir obligé or dans l'obligation de faire quelque chose — to find oneself forced to do
4) ( se fréquenter) to see each otherils ne peuvent pas se voir (en peinture (colloq)) — they can't stand each other
••je préfère voir venir — (colloq) I would rather wait and see
on t'a vu venir! — (colloq) they/we saw you coming! (colloq)
je te vois venir — (colloq) I can see what you're getting at GB ou where you're coming from (colloq)
qu'il aille se faire voir! — (colloq) tell him to get lost! (colloq)
* * *vwaʀ1. vi1) (sens littéral) to seeD'ici, on voit mieux. — You can see better from here.
voir loin fig — to be far-sighted
faites voir — show me, let me see
2) (prendre le temps de réfléchir) to seeVoyons ce qu'on peut faire. — Let's see what we can do.
Voyons, sois raisonnable! — Come on, be reasonable!
ni vu ni connu! — what the eye doesn't see...!, no one will be any the wiser
2. vt1) (= distinguer) to seeD'ici, on voit bien le Mont-Blanc. — You can see Mont Blanc clearly from here., You get a good view of Mont Blanc from here.
2) (= regarder) to seeIl m'a fait voir sa collection de timbres. — He showed me his stamp collection.
3) (= être témoin de) to seeJ'ai vu des cas semblables. — I have seen similar cases.
Je les ai vu humiliés. — I saw them humiliated.
4) (= rendre visite à) to seeVenez me voir quand vous serez à Paris. — Come and see me when you're in Paris.
5) (= comprendre) to seeJe ne vois pas pourquoi il a fait ça. — I don't see why he did that.
6) (= imaginer) to seeJe la voyais déjà en patronne de multinationale. — I could see her as the big boss of a multinational corporation.
7) (= supporter)ne pas pouvoir voir qn fig — not to be able to stand sb, not to be able to stand the sight of sb
Je ne peux vraiment pas la voir. — I really can't stand her., I really can't stand the sight of her.
Ça n'a rien à voir avec lui, c'est entre toi et moi. — It's nothing to do with him, it's between you and me.
je te vois venir! ironique — I can see what you're getting at!, I can see what you're after!
voir à faire qch (= s'assurer que) — to see to it that sth is done
* * *voir verb table: voirA vtr1 ( percevoir par les yeux) to see [personne, objet]; dis-moi ce que tu vois gén tell me what you see; je ne vois rien I can't ou don't see anything; je n'y vois rien I can't see a thing; il faut le voir pour le croire it has to be seen to be believed; je les ai vus de mes propres yeux or de mes yeux vu! I saw them with my own eyes!; je les ai vus comme je te vois! I saw them as plainly as I see you standing there!; que vois-je! liter what's this I see?; à la voir si triste when you see her so sad; à le voir, on le prendrait pour un clochard to look at him, you'd think he was a tramp; faire voir qch à qn to show sb sth; laisser voir son ignorance to show one's ignorance; sa jupe fendue laissait voir ses cuisses her slit skirt showed her thighs; voir qch en rêve to dream about sth; ⇒ mûr;2 (être spectateur, témoin de) [personne] to see [film, incident, événement]; [période, lieu, organisation] to see [événement, évolution, changement]; aller voir un film to go to see a film GB ou movie US; nous voyons les prix augmenter we see prices rising; je les ai vus partir/qui partaient I saw them leave/leaving; on l'a vue entrer she was seen going in, someone saw her go in; la voiture qu'il a vue passer the car he saw go by; la ville qui l'a vue naître her native town, the town where she was born; le film est à voir the film is worth seeing; c'est triste/intéressant à voir it' s sad/interesting to see; c'est beau à voir it's beautiful to look at; ce n'est pas beau à voir it's not a pretty sight; il faut voir comment○! you should see how!; j'aurais voulu que tu voies ça! you should have seen it!; je voudrais bien t'y voir! I'd like to see how you'd get on!; a-t-on jamais vu pareille audace! have you ever seen such cheek!; on n'a jamais vu ça! it's unheard of!; et vous n'avez encore rien vu! you ain't seen nothing yet○! hum; qu'est-ce qu'il ne faut pas voir, on aura tout vu! could you ever have imagined such a thing!; voyez-moi ça! just look at that!;3 ( se figurer) to see; comment vois-tu l'avenir? how do you see the future?; je le vois or verrais bien enseignant I can just see him as a teacher; je ne la vois pas faire ça toute sa vie I can't see her doing it forever; voir sa vie comme un désastre to view one's life as a disaster; on voit bien comment it's easy to see how; on ne voit guère comment, on voit mal comment it's difficult to see how; j'ai vu le moment où il allait m'étrangler I thought he was about to strangle me; je vois ça d'ici I can just imagine; tu vois un peu s'il arrivait maintenant! just imagine, if he turned up now!;4 ( juger) to see; c'est ma façon de voir (les choses) that's the way I see things; je ne partage pas ta façon de voir I see things differently from you; voir en qn un ami to see sb as a friend; je ne vois pas qu'il y ait lieu d'intervenir I don't see any reason to intervene; c'est à toi de voir it's up to you to decide; voir favorablement une réforme to be favourablyGB disposed toward(s) a reform; tu vas te faire mal voir de Sophie Sophie is going to think badly of you; je te vois mal parti you're heading for trouble;5 (comprendre, déceler) to see [cause, moyen, avantage] (dans in); je vois I see; je vois ce que tu veux dire I see what you mean; je ne vois pas qui tu veux dire I don't know who you mean; tu vois où elle veut en venir? do you see what she's getting at?; je ne vois pas où est le problème I can't see the problem; je ne vois pas l'intérêt d'attendre I can't see the point of waiting; je n'y vois aucun mal I see no harm in it; je ne vois aucun mal à ce qu'elle signe I see no harm in her signing; si tu n'y vois pas d'inconvénient if it's all right with you, if you have no objection; tu ne vois pas qu'il ment? can't ou don't you see that he's lying? ; on voit bien qu'elle n'a jamais travaillé! you can tell ou it's obvious that she's never worked!; je le vois à leur attitude I can tell by their attitude; à quoi le vois- tu? how can you tell?;6 (constater, découvrir) to see; comme vous le voyez as you can see; à ce que je vois from what I can see; voir si/combien/pourquoi to find out ou to see if/how much/why; vois si c'est sec see if it's dry; vois si ça leur convient find out ou see if it suits them; on verra bien well, we'll see; ‘je ne paierai pas!’-‘c'est ce que nous verrons!’ ‘I won't pay!’-‘we shall see about that!’; c'est à voir that remains to be seen; j'ai fait ça pour voir I did it to see what would happen; essaie pour voir try and see!; essaie un peu/touches-y, pour voir! ( menace) you just try it/touch it!; vous m'en voyez ravi I am delighted about it;7 (examiner, étudier) to see [malade]; to look at [problème, dossier]; ( dans un texte) voir page 10/le mode d'emploi see page 10/instructions for use; je verrai (ce que je peux faire) I'll see (what I can do); voyons let's see;8 (recevoir, se rendre chez, fréquenter) to see [client, médecin, ami]; je le vois peu en ce moment I don't see much of him at the moment; aller voir qn gén to go to see sb; ( à l'hôpital) to go to visit sb; je passerai la voir demain I'll call on her tomorrow, I'll pop in and see her tomorrow;10 ( avoir un rapport avec) avoir quelque chose à voir avec to have something to do with; ça n'a rien à voir! that's got nothing to do with it!; il n'a rien à voir là-dedans or à y voir it's got nothing to do with him. ⇒ chandelle.B voir à vtr ind fml ( veiller à) to see (à to); voyez à ce que tout soit prêt see to it ou make sure that everything is ready; faudrait voir à réserver des places○ we ought to see about reserving ou booking GB seats; voyez à réserver les places make sure you reserve ou book GB the seats.C vi1 ( avec les yeux) voir, y voir to be able to see; est-ce qu'un bébé (y) voit à la naissance? can a baby see at birth?; je or j'y vois à peine I can hardly see; (y) voir double to see double; je vois trouble everything is a blur; voir loin lit to see a long way off;2 ( par l'esprit) (y) voir clair dans qch to have a clear understanding of sth; voir loin ( être prévoyant) to look ahead; ( être perspicace) to be far-sighted; voir grand to think big; elle a vu juste she was right; il faut voir ( ça mérite réflexion) we'll have to see; ( c'est incroyable) you wouldn't believe it;3 ( pour insister) voyons voir let's see now; regardez voir take a look; dites voir tell me; montrez voir show me;5 ( rappel à l'ordre) voyons, sois sage! come on now, behave yourself!D se voir vpr1 (dans la glace, en imagination) to see oneself; elle se voyait déjà sur les planches she could already see herself on the stage;2 ( être conscient de) to realize; il s'est vu sombrer dans la folie he realized he was going mad;3 ( se remarquer) [tache, défaut] to show; ça se voit it shows; ça ne se voit pas qu'un peu○! it sticks out a mile!;4 ( se produire) cela se voit tous les jours it happens all the time ou every day; cela ne se voit pas tous les jours it isn't something you see every day; ça ne s'est jamais vu! it's unheard of!;5 ( se trouver) se voir obligé or dans l'obligation de faire qch to find oneself forced to do; ils se sont vu répondre que they were told that;6 (se rencontrer, se fréquenter) to see each other;7 ( sympathiser) ils ne peuvent pas se voir they can't stand each other;8 ( être vu) to be seen; la tour se voit de loin the tower can be seen from far away;9 ○ s'en voir to have a hard time (pour faire doing).ne pas voir plus loin que le bout de son nez to see no further than the end of one's nose; je préfère voir venir I would rather wait and see; on t'a vu venir○! they saw you coming○!; je te vois venir○ I can see what you're getting at GB ou where you're coming from○; je ne peux pas le voir (en peinture)○ I can't stand him; je t'ai assez vu I've had enough of you; en voir de belles or de toutes les couleurs to go through some hard times; j'en ai vu d'autres I've seen worse; en faire voir à qn to give sb a hard time; va te faire voir (ailleurs)○, va voir ailleurs or là-bas si j'y suis○! get lost○!; qu'il aille se faire voir○! tell him to get lost○!; il ferait beau voir ça! that would be the last straw![vwar] verbe transitifA.[PERCEVOIR AVEC LES YEUX]1. [distinguer] to seeil ne voit rien de l'œil gauche he can't see anything with his ou he's blind in the left eyeà les voir, on ne dirait pas qu'ils roulent sur l'or to look at them, you wouldn't think they were rolling in ità la voir si souriante, on ne dirait pas qu'elle souffre when you see how cheerful she is, you wouldn't think she's in painvoir quelqu'un faire ou qui fait quelque chose to see somebody do ou doing somethingfais voir! let me see!, show me!a. [bébé] to be bornb. [journal] to come outc. [théorie, invention] to appearil faut la voir lui répondre, il faut voir comment elle lui répond you should see the way she speaks to himvoir venir: je te vois venir, tu veux de l'argent! (familier) I can see what you're leading up to ou getting at, you want some money!le garagiste m'a fait payer 800 euros — il t'a vu venir! (familier) the mechanic charged me 800 euros — he saw you coming!Noël n'est que dans trois semaines, on a le temps de voir venir! Christmas isn 't for another three weeks, we've got plenty of time!c'est vrai, je l'ai vue le faire it's true, I saw her do itje l'ai vu faire des erreurs I saw him making ou make mistakesici, les terrains ont vu leur prix doubler en cinq ans land prices here doubled over five yearsn'avoir rien vu to be wet behind the ears ou greenils en ont vu, avec leur aînée! their oldest girl really gave them a hard time!il en a vu de toutes les couleurs ou des vertes et des pas mûres (familier) ou de belles ou de drôles he's been through quite a loten faire voir (de toutes les couleurs) à quelqu'un (familier) to give somebody a hard time, to lead somebody a merry dancerépète un peu, pour voir! (you) DARE say that again!4. [inspecter - appartement] to see, to view ; [ - rapport] to see, to (have a) look at ; [ - leçon] to go ou to look overne pas voir: il préfère ne pas voir ses infidélités he prefers to turn a blind eye to ou to shut his eyes to her affairsqui n'a pas vu l'Égypte n'a rien vu unless you've seen Egypt, you haven't lived5. [consulter, recevoir - ami, médecin] to seele médecin va vous voir dans quelques instants the doctor will be with ou see you in a few minutesil faut voir un psychiatre, mon vieux! (familier & figuré) you need your head examined, old man![fréquenter] to see[être en présence de]6. [se référer à]voir illustration p. 7 see diagram p 7voyez l'horaire des trains check ou consult the train timetableB.[PENSER, CONCEVOIR]le pull est trop large — je te voyais plus carré que cela the jumper is too big — I thought you had broader shouldersvoir d'ici quelqu'un/quelque chose: lui confier le budget? je vois ça d'ici! ask him to look after the budget? I can just see it!voir quelque chose d'un mauvais œil, ne pas voir quelque chose d'un bon œil to be displeased about somethingvoir quelque chose/quelqu'un avec les yeux de: elle le voit avec les yeux de l'amour she sees him through a lover's eyespose-moi n'importe quelle question — bon, je vais voir ask me anything — let's see ou let me think3. [comprendre - danger, intérêt] to seetu vois ce que je veux dire? do you see ou understand what I mean?je ne vois pas ce qu'il y a de drôle! I can't see what's so funny!, I don't get the joke!tu vois que mes principes n'ont pas changé as you can see, my principles haven't changedelle ne nous causera plus d'ennuis — c'est ou ça reste à voir she won't trouble us any more — that remains to be seen ou that's what YOU think!nous prenons rendez-vous? — voyez cela avec ma secrétaire shall we make an appointment? — arrange that with my secretaryvoyez si l'on peut changer l'heure du vol see ou check whether the time of the flight can be changedles photos seraient mieux en noir et blanc — hum, il faut voir the pictures would look better in black and white — mm, maybe (maybe not)7. [juger] to seetu n'es pas sur place, tu vois mal la situation you're not on the spot, your view of the situation is distorted8. (locution)avoir à voir avec [avoir un rapport avec]: je voudrais vous parler: ça a à voir avec notre discussion d'hier I would like to speak to you: it's to do with what we were talking about yesterdayn'avoir rien à voir avec [n'avoir aucun rapport avec]: l'instruction n'a rien à voir avec l'intelligence education has nothing to do with intelligenceje n'ai rien à voir avec la famille des Bellechasse I'm not related at all to the Bellechasse familycela n'a rien à voir avec le sujet that's irrelevant, that's got nothing to do with itça n'a rien à voir: tu parles de grèves, mais ça n'a rien à voir! you talk about strikes but that has nothing to do with it!tu vois, vous voyez: tu vois, je préférais ne rien savoir I preferred to remain in the dark, you seeje te l'avais dit, tu vois! what did I tell you!tu verrais, si j'avais encore mes jambes! if my legs were still up to it, there'd be no holding ou stopping me!a. (familier) [encouragement] go on, have a try!b. [défi] (you) just try!, don't you dare!voyons voirou regardons voir ce que tu as comme note (familier) let's just have a look and see what mark you gotun peu de courage, voyons! come on, be brave!voyons, tu n'espères pas que je vais te croire! you don't seriously expect me to believe you, do you?————————[vwar] verbe intransitifA.[PERCEVOIR LA RÉALITÉ - SENS PROPRE ET FIGURÉ]elle ne ou n'y voit plus she can't see ou she's blind now[exercer sa vue] to seevoir bien to see clearly, to have good eyesight2. [juger]encore une fois, tu as vu juste you were right, once againB.jeux [pour une mise]20 euros, pour voir 20 euros, and I'll see you————————voir à verbe plus préposition[veiller à]voir à faire quelque chose to see to it ou to make sure ou to ensure that something is doneil faudrait voir à ranger ta chambre/payer tes dettes you'd better tidy up your room/clear your debtsvoir à ce que quelque chose soit fait to see to it ou to make sure ou to ensure that something is done————————se voir verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)1. [se contempler] to (be able to) see oneself2. [s'imaginer] to see ou to imagine ou to picture oneself————————se voir verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)[se rencontrer] to see each other————————se voir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)1. [être visible, évident - défaut] to show, to be visible ; [ - émotion, gêne] to be visible, to be obvious, to be apparentil porte une perruque, ça se voit bien you can tell he wears a wig2. [se manifester - événement] to happen ; [ - attitude, coutume] to be seen ou found————————se voir verbe pronominal intransitif1. [se trouver]se voir dans l'obligation de... to find oneself obliged to... -
89 BAUGR
(-s, -ar), m.1) ring, armlet (of gold or silver) worn on the wrist, esp. the sacred ring (stallahringr) on the altar in heathen temples, cf. baugeiðr;2) in olden times, before minted gold or silver came into use, such rings were commonly used as a medium of payment; hence ‘baugr’ simply means money;3) fine of varying amount for manslaughter, weregild;4) gaff-hook?5) in the phrase, eiga (kost) á baugi, to have a (single) chance left; ef sá væri á. baugi, if there were no other chance; þú munt eiga slíkan á baugi brátt, thou wilt soon have the very same chance or lot (viz. death);* * *m. [the root bjúg—baug—bog; A. S. beág; O. H. G. pouc = armilla; lost in N. H. G. and in Engl.]I. a ring, armlet, esp. in olden times to be worn on the wrist plain, without stones:α. the sacred temple ring (stallahringr) on the altar in heathen temples; all oaths were’ to be made by laying the hand upon the temple ring; at sacrificial banquets it was to be dipped in the blood, and was to be worn by the priest at all meetings. The ring was either of gold or silver, open (mótlaus), its weight varying between two, three, and twenty ounces (the last is the reading of Eb. new Ed. p. 6, v. 1., the classical passages in the Sagas are—Eb. l. c. (and cp. 44), Glúm. 388, Landn. (Hb.) 258, Þórð. S. 94 (Ed. 1860); cp. also the note at the end of the new Ed. of Eb., referring to an interesting essay of the Norse Prof. Holmboe upon the matter, Christiania, A. D. 1864.β. baugr is at present in Icel. used of a spiral ring without a stone (e. g. a wedding ring); the third finger is called baugfingr, transl. from Lat. digitus annuli, for the wearing of wedding rings is not in use in Icel. (unless as a Dan. imitation). Icel. also say einbaugr, tvibaugr, a single or double spiral ring.II. metaph. in olden times, before minted gold or silver came into use, the metals were rolled up in spiral-formed rings, and pieces cut off and weighed were used as a medium of payment; hence, in old times, baugr simply means money, used in the poets in numberless compounds; hringum hreytti, hjó sundr baug, Rm. 35; cp. baugbroti, baugskyndir, baugskati, baughati, one who breaks, throws, hates gold, epithets of princes, etc., v. Lex. Poët. A. S. poetry abounds in epithets such as, beaggeafa, dator auri; the Heliand speaks of ‘vunden gold.’ In the law the payment of weregild is particularly called baugr, v. the compounds: baugatal is the Icel. section of law treating of the weregild, Grág. ii. 171–188; höfuôbaugr, lögbaugr ( a legal baug, lawful payment). In the Norse law vide esp. N. G. L. i. 74 sqq., 184 sqq.2. the painted circle on the round shield (clypeus); á fornum skjöldum var títt at skrifa rönd þá er b. var kallaðr, ok er við þann baug skildir kendir, Edda 87, Eg. 699; often embellished with scenes from the mythical age. Some poems arc preserved or on record, describing such shields, two Berudrápur by Egil (bera, a shield), Haustlöng by Thjodolf, Ragnarsdrápa by Bragi Gamli (of the 9th and 10th centuries). Some of these poems were among the chief sources used by Snorri in composing the Edda. The shield is metaph. called baugr, Edda (Gl.)3. a fish-hook; man eigi þú draga Leviathan á öngli eðr bora kiðr hans með baugi (very rare, if not an απ. λεγ.), Post. 686 C. 2.4. the phrase, eiga (kost) á baugi, to have (a single) chance left; þótti þat vera et mesta hætturáð at berjast, en sá mun á baugi, ef eigi er sæzt, there will be no other chance unless we come to terms, Sturl. iii. 244; þú munt eiga slíkan á baugi brátt, thou wilt soon have the very same chance (viz. death), the turn will come to thee, Nj. 58; nú mun ek eiga þann á baugi, at …, there will be no other chance for me, than …, Orkn. 46; cp. einbeygðr kostr, dira necessitas, 58; kvaðst þá heldr vilja liggja hjá henni, ef sá væri á baugi, if there were no other chance, Fas. ii. 150. The explanation of this metaphor is doubtful, cp. Vkv. verses 5 and 7 (?), or is the metaphor taken from the weregild?5. baugr also occurs in mod. usage in many compds, astron. and mathem., spor-baugr, the ecliptic; hádegisbaugr, a meridian.COMPDS: baugabrot, baugamaðr, baugatal, baugshelgi. -
90 TAKA
* * *I)(tek; tók, tókum; tekinn), v.1) to take, catch, seize (tóku þeir laxinn ok otrinn ok báru með sér);G. tók inni vinstri hendi spjótit á lopti, G. caught the spear with his left hand;man hón taka fé okkart allt með ráni, she will take all our goods by force;taka e-n höndum, to seize one, take captive;tökum vápn vár, let us take to our weapons;2) fig., taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian;taka skírn, to be baptized;taka hvíld, to take a rest;taka flótta, to take to flight;taka rœðu, umrœðu, to begin a parley;taka ráð, to take a counsel (= taka til ráðs);taka e-n orðum, to address one;taka sættir or sættum, to accept terms;taka þenna kost, to take this choice;taka stefnu, to fix a meeting;taka boði, to accept an offer;taka sótt, to be taken ill;taka úgleði, to get out of spirits;taka andviðri, to meet with contrary winds;taka konung, to take, elect a king;taka konu, to take a wife;taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways;taka e-n or e-m vel, to receive one well;taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly;taka upp höndum, to raise the hands;3) to reach, stretch forth, touch;fremri hyrnan tók viðbeinit, the upper horn caught the collar bone;því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, for I shall not reach home to-night;hárit tók ofan á belti, the hair came down to her waist;4) to reach and take harbour (þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu);5) to take, hold, of a vessel (ketill, er tók tvær tunnur);6) to be equivalent to, be worth (hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend);7) with infin., to begin (hann tók at yrkja, þegar er hann var ungr);nú taka öll húsin at lóga, now the whole house began to blaze;impers., þá tók at lægja veðrit, then the wind began to fall;8) to touch, regard, concern (þat allt, sem leikmenn tekr);9) to catch (up), come up with (hann var allra manna fóthvatastr, svá at engi hestr tók hann á rás);10) to start, rush (Eirikr tók út or stofunni, en konungr bað menn hlaupa eptir honum);taka á rás, taka frá, to take to running, run away (svá illt sem nú er frá at taka, þá mun þó síðarr verra);11) impers. it is taken;þá tók af veðrit (acc.) then the storm abated;kom á fótinn, svá at af tók, the stroke came on his leg, so that it was cut off;sýnina tekr frá e-m, one becomes blind;tók út skip Þangbrands, Th.’s ship drifted out;um várit er sumarhita tók, when the summer heat set in;12) with preps, and advs., taka e-n af lífi, lífdögum, taka e-n af, to take one’s life, put to death;taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive one of his title and power;taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse;taka e-t af e-m, to take a thing from one, deprive one of (er vér tókum seglit af honum, þá grét hann);taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping;taka e-t af e-m, to get frotn one (tekr hann af öllu fólki mikil lof);taka mikinn (mikil), lítinn (lítil) af e-u, to make (say) much, little of;hón tók lítil af öllu, she said little about it, took it coldly;øngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee;taka e-t af, to choose, take;G. bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir engi af taka, G. made thee good offers, but thou wouldst take none of them;fara sem fœtr mega af taka, at the top of one’s speed;hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, as fast as possible;to abolish, do away with (lagði á þat allan hug al taka af heiðni ok fornar venjur);taka e-t aptr, to take back, render void (taka aptr þat, er ek gef); to recall (taka aptr orð, heil sín);taka á e-u, to touch (hón tók á augum hans);taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, illa á e-u, to take (a thing) well, in good part, ill, in ill part (fluttu þeir þetta fyrir jarli, en hann tók vel á);taka e-t á sik, to take upon oneself (kvaðst heldr vilja taka þat á sik at gefa honum annát augat);tóku þeir á sik svefn mikinn, they fell fast asleep;taka arf eptir e-n, to inherit one;taka e-t eptir, to get in return;með því at þú gerir svá, sem ek býð þér, skaltu nökkut eptir taka, thou shalt have some reward;taka e-t frá e-m, to take a thing away from one (þeir tóku spjótin frá þeim ok báru út á ána);taka e-n frá e-u, to deprive one of (taka e-n frá landi, ríki);taka e-t fyrir e-t, to take in return for (hann keypti sveinana ok tók fyrir þá vesl gott ok slagning); to take for, look upon as (lökum vér þat allt fyrir satt; því tek ek þat fyrir gaman);taka fyrir e-t, to refuse (tók E. eigi fyrir útanferð at sumri);taka hendi í e-t, to thrust one’s hand into;taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands with one;taka í móti, to offer resistance (þeir brendu víða bygðina, en bœndr tóku ekki í móti);taka niðr, to pull down, demolish (taka niðr til grundvallar allt þat verk); to graze a little, = taka til jarðar (þeir láta nú taka niðr hesta sína);taka niðri, to touch (feel) the bottom;taka ofan, to take down (Högni tekr ofan atgeirinn); to pull down (hann hafði látil taka ofan skála sinn);taka í sundr, to cut asunder;impers., slœmdi sverðinu til hans, svá at í sundr tók manninn, so that the man was cleft asunder;taka til e-s, to take to (tóku þá margir til at níða hann);taka til máls (orðs, orða), to begin to speak;nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now we must take up the story at this point, that;taka til varnar, to begin the defence;taka til e-s, to have recourse to, resort to (taka e-t til ráðs, bragðs); to concern (þetta mál, er til konungs tók);láta e-t til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with (Gísli lét fátt til sín taka);taka e-n til e-s, to choose, elect (Ólafr var til konungs tekinn um allt land);absol., taka til, to begin (hann hélt allt austr um Svínasund, þá tók til vald Svíakonungs);taka e-t til, to take to, do;ef hann tekr nökkut illt til, if he takes to any ill;taka um e-t, to take hold of, grasp (nú skaltu taka um fót honum);taka e-t undan, to take away;impers., undan kúnni tók nyt alla, the cow ceased to give milk;taka undan, to run away, escape (B. tók undan með rás);taka undir e-t, to take hold under a thing;hann tók undir kverkina ok kyssti hana, he took her by the chin and kissed her;to undertake, take upon oneself;H. kvaðst ekki taka mundu undir vandræði þeira, H. said he would have nothing to do with their troubles;taka undir e-t með e-m, to back, help one in a thing (vil ek, at þér takit undir þetta mál með mér);þau tóku undir þetta léttiliga, they seconded it readily;hann tók seinliga undir, he was slow to answer;taka undir, to echo, resound (fjöllin tóku undir);taka e-t undir sik, to take on hand (Gizurr tók undir sik málit); to lay hold of (hann tekr undir sik eignir þær, er K. átti í Noregi);taka e-t upp, to pick up (S. tók upp hanzka sinn);taka upp fé fyrir e-m, to seize on, confiscate;taka upp borð, to set up the tables before a meal, but also to remove them after a meal;taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode;hón tekr mart þat upp, er fjarri er mínum vilja, she takes much in hand that is far from my will;drykk ok vistir, svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take;taka upp ný goðorð, to establish new priesthoods;taka upp verknað, to take up work;taka upp stœrð, to take to pride;taka upp sök, to take up a case;taka upp draum, to interpret a dream;taka e-t upp, to choose (seg nú skjótt, hvern kost þú vill upp taka);absol., taka upp, to extend, rise (rekkjustokkr tekr upp á millum rúma okkarra);taka út, to run out (E. tók út ór stofunni);taka við e-u, to receive (A. hafði tekit við föðurarf sínum);taka vel við e-m, to receive one well, give one a hearty welcome;taka við trú, to take the faith;þeir tóku vel við, they made a bold resistance;tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off;taka yfir e-t, to extend over (hann skal eignast af Englandi þat, sem uxahúð tekr yfir);impers. to come to an end, succeed (kveðst nú vænta, at nú mundi yfir taka);þeir munu allt til vinna at yfir taki við oss, to get the better of us;13) refl., takast;f.1) taking, capture, of a fortress, prisoner;2) taking, seizing, of property;* * *pres. tek, tekr; tökum, takit, taka; pret. tók, tókt (tókst), tók, pl. tóku; subj. tæki (tœki); imperat. tak, taktú; part. tekinn: with neg. suff. tek’k-at ek, I take not, Kristni S. (in a verse); tak-a-ttu, take thou not, Fas. i. (in a verse); tekr-at, Grág. (Kb.) i. 9: [Ulf. têkan, pret. taitok = απτεσθαι; Swed. take; Dan. tage, sounded tā, ‘du tar det ikke, vil du ta det;’ Engl. take is a word borrowed from the Dan., which gradually displaced the Old Engl. niman.]A. To take hold of, seize, grasp; taka sér alvæpni, Eg. 236; tóku menn sér þar byrðar ok báru út, Egill tók undir hönd sér mjöð-drekku, 237; nú taki hest minn, ok skal ek ríða eptir honum, 699; tóku þeir skíð sín ok stigu á, 545; hann tók inni vinstri hendi spjótið ok skaut, Nj. 42; lauk upp kistu ok tók upp góð kvennmanna-klæði, Ld. 30; hann tekr nú bogann, … tekr nú kaðal einn, Fas. ii. 543; taka upp net, K. Þ. K. 90; hross skal maðr taka ok teyma ok hepta, þótt heilagt sé, id.2. to seize; þeir tóku þar herfang mikit, Nj. 43; tóku skipit ok allt þat er á var, Fms. vii. 249; þeir tóku þar skútu, viii. 438; tóku skip hans, landtjald, klæði, ix. 275; taka fé okkat allt með ráni, Nj. 5; engi maðr skal fyrir öðrum taka, Gþl. 473; hann leiddi þik til arfs … munu taka óvinir þínir ef þú kemr eigi til, Nj. 4; þeir tóku bæinn, seized, Sturl. ii. 149; kona hafði tekit ( stolen) … ok vildi hann refsa henni, Fms. vii. 330.3. to catch; Skotar munu hafa tekit njósnir allar, Nj. 126; standi menn upp ok taki hann, 130; hann skyldi taka hundinn, 114; þeir tóku á sundi mann einn, Fms. vii. 225; gröf, at taka í dýr, Flóv. 33; taka höndum, to lay hold of, take captive, Nj. 114, 275; in a good sense, Fms. x. 314.4. taka e-n af lífi, to take one from life, Fms. x. 3, Eg. 70; taka e-n af lífdögum, id., Fms. vii. 204: ellipt., taka af (af-taka), to take one off, put to death, Js. 23; taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive of …, Eg. 268; tóku þeir af eignum jarla konungs, Fms. i. 6: taka af e-m, to take a thing from one, x. 421, Nj. 103, 131, Eg. 120, Ld. 288; taka frá e-m, to take from, off, Nj. 253, K. Þ. K. 48; taka ofan, to take down, pull down, Nj. 119, 168; taka ór, to set apart, 232; taka undir sik, to take under oneself, subject, Fms. x. 24: to take charge of, Nj. 110, Eg. 725: taka upp, to take up, pick up, assume, 23.5. to take, grasp; taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands, Nj. 129; taka á lopti, to interrupt, Fms. x. 314; taka í ketil, of the ordeal, Grág. i. 381, Gkv. 3. 7; taka í jörð, to graze, of an animal, Bs. i. 338; jó lætr til jarðar taka, Skm. 15; skulu þér láta taka niðr hesta yðra, to graze a little, Band. 14 new Ed.; tók einn þeirra niðr í sinn klæðsekk, Stj.II. metaph., taka upphaf, to begin, Hom. 49; taka vöxt ok þroska, to increase, Rb. 392; taka konungdóm, Eg. 646; taka ráð, 49; taka skírn, 770; taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian, Nj. 273; taka hvíld, to take rest, 43, 115; taka á sik svefn, 252; taka ræðu, to begin a parley, Eg. 578; taka umræðu, id., Nj. 146; þau taka þá tal, Ld. 72, Fms. ii. 254; taka nærri sér, see nær l. 2; taka á sik göngu, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; taka á sik svefn, Nj.; taka eld, to light a fire, 199; taka e-n orðum, to address; taka í sætt, to receive into reconciliation, Eg. 168; taka sættir, to accept terms, id. (also taka sættum, id.); taka þenna kost, 280; taka samheldi, Fms. ix. 344; ok tóku þat fastliga, at friðr skyldi standa, declared firmly that, x. 40, v. l.; taka stefnu, to fix a meeting, xi. 400; tóku þeir stefnu í milli sín, 402; nú er svá tekið um allt landit, at …, fixed by law that …, Gþl. 275; þeir tóku fastmælum sín í milli, at …, Bret. 82; taki í lög, to take into fellowship, Fms. xi. 96; lög-taka, cp. lófa-tak, vápna-tak; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð enn þú vildir engi af taka, thou wouldst accept none of them, Nj. 77; tók hann þann kost af, at leggja allt á konungs vald, Fms. iv. 224; ok þat tóku þeir af, ix. 367; Ólafr kvaðsk þat mundu af taka, Ld. 72; taka e-t til ráðs, or taka ráðs, bragðs, to resort to, Nj. 75, 124, 199: also, taka e-t til, to resort to, 26, Fms. xi, 253, passim (til-tæki); taka mót, to receive, Edda 15; taka e-t við, to receive in return, Fms. ii. 269; taka bætr fyrir e-t, xi. 253; með því þú görir sem ek býð þér, skaltú nökkuð eptir taka, take some reward for it, Ld. 44; þat er bæði at vér róum hart, enda mun nú mikit eptir taka, a great reward, Finnb. 232 (eptir-tekja); taka fæðu, to take food; taka corpus Domini, Mar.; taka samsæti, Fms. ii. 261; taka arf, Eg. 34; taka erfð, Gþl. 241; taka fé eptir föður sinn, Fms. xi. 47; taka laun, Nj. 68; taka veizlu, to take, receive a veizla (q. v.), Fms. xi. 239; konungr … hann tekr ( receives) af mörgum, skal hann því mikit gefa, 217; taka mikit lof, x. 367; taka helgun af Guði, Rb. 392; taka heilsu, to recover, Stj. 624; ek skal taka hæði-yrði af þér, Nj. 27; taka af honum rán ok manntjón, Ld. 64; taka úskil af íllum mönnum, Greg. 44; taka píslir ok dauða, 656 B. 30; drap hann þar menn nökkura, þótti mönnum hart at taka þat af útlendum manni, Bs. i. 19; þeir tóku mikinn andróða, Fms. viii. 438; taka andviðri, Eg. 87; þeir tóku norðan-veðr hörð, were overtaken by, Nj. 124; taka sótt, to be taken sick or ill (North E. to take ill), 29, Fms. xi. 97, Eg. 767; taka þyngd. id., Ísl. ii. 274; taka fótar-mein, Nj. 219; taka úgleði, to get out of spirits, Eg. 322; hann tók þá fáleika ok úgleði, Fms. vii. 103; hann tók langt kaf, 202; taka arftaki, to adopt, Grág. i. 232; taka konung, to take, elect a king, Fms. ix. 256; taka konu, to take a wife, x. 397; hann kvángaðisk ok tók bróður-dóttur þess manns er Finnr hét, 406; tók Magnús konungr Margrétu, 413; taka konu brott nauðga, to carry off a woman, Grág. i. 353; tók hann þá til háseta, he hired them, Eg. 404; taka far or fari, Landn. 307, Grág. ii. 406 (far, ii. 3); taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways, Fms. viii. 30; taka ferð, to start, Stj.; taka til konungs, or the like, Eg. 367, 400, Fms. vii. 252; taka til siðar, Sks. 313; taka e-n vel, to receive well; ok taki ér, herra, vel þá Hjalta ok Gizur, Bs. i. 19; tók Skota-konungr hann vel, Fms. xi. 419; taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly, Nj. 26; taka fyrir e-t, to stop, interrupt, refuse, Fms. x. 251.III. to reach, stretch forth, touch; hann beit skarð, allt þat er tennr tóku, Eg. 605; eigi djúpara enn þeim tók undir hendr, Ld. 78; skurðrinn tók á framan-verðan bakkann, Krók.; hyrnan tók andlitið, Nj. 253; rödd tekr eyru, Skálda 175; döggskórinn tók niðr akrinn upp-standanda, Fas. i. 173; hafði flóð tekit þær, swept them away, Fms. xi. 393; spjót langskept svá at vel taki skipa meðal, Sks. 385; nef hans tók austr til landsenda … véli-fjarðar tóku norðr í Finnabú, Fms. viii. 10; tekr mörkin náliga allt it efra suðr, Eg. 58; þvíat ekki tek ek heim í kveld, Nj. 275; mun ek taka þangat í dag? Hbl.; bóndans bót tekr fyrir ( encompasses) konu, hans ok börn ok hjón, N. G. L. i. 341; taka niðri, to take the ground, of a ship or thing floating, Fas. iii. 257; svá at upp tekr um klaufir, Boll. 336; at eigi tæki hann (acc.) regnit, Stj. 594; skulu vér varask, at eigi taki oss þau dæmi, Hom. 70; svá mikit er uxa-húð tekr yfir, Fas. i. 288; nær því er þú sér at taka mun en ekki ór hófi, Sks. 21; hundr bundinn svá at taki eigi til manna, Grág. ii. 119; taka höndum upp, to lift up hands, Bs. i. 735, Edda 22; ek sé fram undir brekkuna, at upp taka spjóts-oddar fimtán, Finnb. 286; þetta smíði (Babel) tók upp ór veðrum, Edda 146 (pref.); hárit tók ofan á belti, Nj. 2; stöpul er til himins tæki, 645. 71; hér til tekr en fyrsta bók, reaches here, 655 vii. 4; taka mátti hendi til fals, Eg. 285; þeir tóku fram árum, took the oars, Fms. vii. 288; smeygði á sik ok tók út höndunum, 202; þeir tóku undun, to escape, viii. 438: to reach, land, take harbour, gaf honum vel byri ok tóku Borgarfjörð, Nj. 10; tóku þeir Friðar-ey, 268; þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu, Ísl. ii. 246; byrjaði vel ok tóku Noreg, Ld. 72, 310; tóku þar land sem heitir Vatnsfjörðr, Landn. 30: ellipt., hann tók þar sem nú heitir Herjólfs-höfn, id.; þeir tóku fyrir sunnan land, 175.2. to take, hold, of a vessel; ketill or tók tvær tunnur, Fb. i. 524; lands þess er tæki ( of the value of) fjóra tigi hundraða, Sturl. i. 98, v. l.; hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend, Nj. 225: so in the phrase, það tekr því ekki, it is not worth the while; þann enn eina grip er hann átti svá at fé tæki, the sole object of value he had, Bs. i. 636.3. spec. usages; fara sem fætr mega af taka, Finnb. 288; konur æpa sem þær megu mest af taka, Al. 47, (aftak, aftaka-veðr, q. v.), Karl. 109, 196; fóru hvárir-tveggju sem af tók, went as fast as possible, Fms, iv. 304; hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, Eg. 93: in the phrase, taka mikinn, lítinn … af e-u, to make much, little of, take it to heart or lightly; mikit tekr þú af þessu, thou takest it much to heart, Lv. 10; öngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee, Ld. 105; eigi töku vér mikit af at tortryggva þá bók, þótt mart sé undarligt í sagt, we will not strongly question the truth of the book, although many wonders are told therein, Sks. 78; Óspakr kvað hana mikit af taka, said he used very strong language, Ld. 216; mikinn tekr þú af, segir konungr, thou settest much by it, said the king, Fms. vi. 206: munda ek sýnu minna hafa af tekit ef ek væra údrukkinn, I would have kept a better tongue, xi. 112; Þórvarðr tók eigi af fyrir útanferð sína, did not quite refuse the going abroad, Sturl. iii. 244; hann kvaðsk eigi taka mega af því hvat mælt væri, he did not much mind what folks said, Nj. 210; hón tók lítið af öllu, said little about it, took it coolly, Eg. 322; tók hann minna af enn áðr við Íslendinga, he spoke not so strongly of them as he used to do, Glúm. 328; ok er sendi-menn kómu tók hann lítið af, Fms. x. 101; Flosi svaraði öllu vel, en tók þó lítið af, F. gave a civil but reserved answer, Nj. 180.IV. with prepp.; taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse, Nj. 4, 179; taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping, Ölk. 35; taka skriðinn af skipinu, Fms. ii. 305; taka e-t af, to abolish, vii. 1, x. 152, Ísl. ii. 258:—taka á e-u, to touch (á-tak), Nj. 118; þegar sem nær þeim er komit ok á þeim tekit, Stj. 76; sá er tekr fyrst á funa, Gm.; þat er ok, áðr þeir taki á dómum sinum ( ere they deliver sentence), at þeir skolu eið vinna áðr, Grág. i. 64; taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, ekki vel, ílla … á e-u, to take a thing so and so, take it well, in good part, ill, in ill part, etc., Ld. 50, 248, Fms. xi. 124, Nj. 206, 265; Gunnarr talaði fátt um ok tók á öngu úlíkliga, 40; tak glaðan á ( cheerfully) við konunginn, Fms. xi. 112; þeir höfðu sagt hversu hann hafði á tekit þeim feðgum, Rd. 284; Leifr tekr á þessu eigi mjök, Fb. ii. 397; tók Börkr (á) því seinliga, Eb. 15 new Ed.:—taka eptir, to notice, observe, Sturl. i. 2 (eptir-tekt):—taka móti, to withstand, resist, Nj. 261, Fms. ix. 307, 513 (mót-tak):—taka með, to reserve, accept, iv. 340, xi. 427 (með-taka): taka við, hann tókþar ok við mörg önnur dæmi, bæði konunga æfi, he tacked to it many records, the lives of kings, etc., Ó. H. (pref.): this isolated phrase has led editors (but wrongly) to substitute hann ‘jók’ þar við:—taka aptr, to take back, render void, undo, Bs. i. 631, Nj. 191, Sks. 775; eigi má aptr taka unnit verk, a saying, Fms. ii. 11: to recall, unsay, mun ek þau orð eigi aptr taka, Ld. 42, Fms. ii. 253:—taka í, to pull off; taktu í hann, to pull his stocking off:—taka um, to take hold of, grasp, Eg. 410, Hkr. ii. 322:—taka upp, to pick up, assume; niðr at fella ok upp at taka, 625. 68, Eg. 23; taka upp borð, to put up the tables before a meal; tekr upp borð ok setr fyrir þá Butralda, Fbr. 37; vóru borð upp tekin um alla stofuna ok sett á vist, Eg. 551: but also to remove them after a meal (= taka borð ofan), 408, Hkr. ii. 192, Fms. i. 41, Orkn. 246 (see borð II); taka upp vist, to put food on the table, Vm. 168; taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode, passim; taka upp, of a body, to take up, disinter, Hkr. ii. 388; taka upp, to seize on, confiscate, Nj. 73, 207, Ld. 38, Eg. 73; þeir tóku upp ( laid waste) þorp þat er heitir Tuma-þorp, Fms. i. 151; var þá tekin upp bygð Hrolleifs, Fs. 34; hón tekr þat mart upp er fjarri er mínum vilja, Nj. 6l; at þú gefir ró reiði ok takir þat upp er minnst vandræði standi af, 175; taka upp verknað, to take up work, Ld. 34; taka upp stærð, to take to pride, Fms. x. 108; halda upp-teknu efni, i. 263; taka upp sök, mál, to take up a case, Nj. 31, 71, 231: to interpret, eigi kann ek öðruvís at ráða þenna draum … glíkliga er upp tekit, Sturl. iii. 216; ok skal svá upp taka ‘síks glóð,’ þat er ‘gull,’ Edda 127; kvæði, ef þau eru rétt kveðin ok skynsamliga upp tekin, Hkr. (pref.); tók hann svá upp, at honum væri eigi úhætt, Fms. ix. 424; drykk ok vistir svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take, iv. 92; er þat skip mikit, ok mun þat taka oss upp alla, Nj. 259; þat hjóna er meira lagði til félags skal meira upp taka, Gþl. 220; þótti þeim í hönd falla at taka upp land þetta hjá sér sjálfum, Ld. 210; skal sá sem at Kálfafelli býr taka upp vatn at sínum hlut, Vm. 168; taka upp giptu hjá Dana-konungi, Fms. xi. 426; taka upp goðorð, Nj. 151, 168, Grág. i. 24; taka upp þing. Ann. 1304 ( to restore); tókusk þá upp lög ok landsréttr, Fs. 27; taka upp vanda, Fms. vii. 280:—taka til, to take to; hefna svá at ekki fýsi annan slík firn til at taka, 655 xiii. A. 3; tóku margir þá til at níða hann, Bs. i; taka til ráða, ráðs, bragðs, Nj. 19, 75, 124; hann tók til ráða skjótt, 19; enn þó munu vér þat bragðs taka, 199; hvat skal nú til ráða taka, 124; ef hann tekr nökkut íllt til, 26; hverja úhæfu er hann tekr til, Fms. xi. 253; taka til máls, to take to talking, Nj. 16, 71; taka til orðs, or orða, 122, 230, 264; hann tók nú til at segja söguna, to take to telling a story; taka til varnar, to begin the defence, Grág. i. 60, Nj. 271; nú er þar til at taka, at …, 74; er blót tóku til, Landn. 111; þá tók til ríki Svía-konungs, Fms. iv. 118; um Slésvík þar sem Dana-ríki tók til, xi. 417: to concern, þat mun taka til yðar, Hom. 150; þetta mál er til konungs tók, Fms. xi. 105; láta til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with, Band. 23 new Ed.; Gísl lét fátt til sín taka, Fms. vii. 30; vil ek nú biðja þik at þú létir ekki til þín taka um tal várt, Nj. 184: to have recourse to, þú tekr eigi til þeirra liðsinnis ef ekki þarf, Fms. vii. 17, Grág. i. 41; taka til segls, Eg. 573, Fms. ix. 22; taka til sunds, 24; taka til e-s, to note, mark, with dislike:—taka undir, to take under a thing; hann tók undir kverkina, took her by the chin, Nj. 2; þá tók Egill undir höfða-hlut Skalla-grími, Eg. 398: to undertake, þat mál er þeir skyldi sjálfir undir taka, Hkr. i. 266; þá skal hann taka undir þá sömu þjónostu, Ó. H. 120: to back, second, hann kvaðsk ekki mundu taka undir vandræði þeirra, Nj. 182; undir þann kviðling tók Rúnolfr goði, ok sótti Hjalta um goðgá, Bs. i. 17: ek mun taka undir með þér ok styðja málit, Fms. xi. 53; hann tók ekki undir þat ráð, Fb. ii. 511; þau tóku undir þetta léttliga, seconded it readily, Ld. 150; hann tók seinliga undir, Nj. 217; hann hafði heyrt tal þeirra ok tók undir þegar, ok kvað ekki saka, Ld. 192: göra tilraun hversu þér tækit undir þetta, Fb. i. 129: to echo, blésu herblástr svá at fjöllin tóku undir, Fas. i. 505; taka undir söng, to accompany singing:—taka við, to receive; nú tóktú svá við sverði þessu, Fms. i. 15; siðan hljópu menn hans, enn hann túk við þeim, 105; jörð tekr við öldri, Hm.; til þess er akkerit tók við, grappled, took hold, Dan. holde igen, Fms. x. 135. v. l.; þar til er sjár tók við honum, Edda 153 (pref.); taka við ríki, Eg. 241, Fms. i. 7; taka við trú, Nj. 158, 159; taka við handsölum á e-u, 257; ef maðr görr við at taka við dæmdum úmaga, Grág. i. 258; taka vel við e-m, to receive well, Nj. 5; ekki torleiði tekr við yðr, no obstacle stops you, Al. 120; þeir tóku við vel ok vörðusk, made a bold resistance, Fms. i. 104; eggjuðu sumir at við skyldi taka, vii. 283; at þeir skyldi verja landit, en þeir vildu eigi við taka, xi. 386; ganga fram á mel nökkurn, ok segir Hrútr at þeir mundu þar við taka, Ld. 62; þar stóð steinn einn mikill, þar bað Kjartan þá við taka, 220; seg þú æfi-sögu þína, Ásmundr, en þá skal Egill við taka, tell thy life’s tale, Asmund, and then shall Egil take his turn, Fas. iii. 374; tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off:—taka yfir, hann vildi eigi til ráða nema hann ætlaði at yfir tæki, Fms. iv. 174; þeir munu allt til vinna, at yfir taki með oss, Nj. 198; at eyrendi þeirra skyldi eigi lyktuð né yfir tekin, Fms. iv. 224.V. to take to, begin:1. with infin., tóku menn at binda sár sín, Eg. 93; hann tók at yrkja þegar er hann var ungr, 685; hans afli tók at vaxa, Fms. viii. 47; á þeim veg er ek tæka ganga, Sks. 3; taka at birtask, 568; tekr at dimma, birta … rigna, it gets dim, takes to darken … rain; allt þat er hann tekr at henda, Nj. 5; þá tók at lægja veðrit, 124; tók þá at morna, 131; tók þá at nátta, Fms. ix. 54; kvölda tekr = Lat. vesperascit, Luke xxiv. 29.2. in other phrases, taka á rás, to take to running, to run, Nj. 253, Eg. 216, 220, Eb. 62 (hófu á rás, 67 new Ed.), Hrafn. 7: ellipt., tók bogmaðr ok hans menn á land upp undan, they took to the inland and escaped, Fms. ix. 275; tók hann þegar upp um brú, viii. 169; svá íllt sem nú er frá at taka (to escape, shun), þá mun þó síðarr verr, Fs. 55; taka flótta, to take to flight, Hm. 30; Eirekr tók út ór stofunni, took out of the room, ran out, Sturl. ii. 64; þeir tóku út eitt veðr allir, stood out to sea with the same wind, Fb. ii. 243.VI. with dat., to take to, receive (perh. ellipt. for taka við- e-u); jarl tók vel sendi-mönnum ok vináttu-málum konungs, Fms. i. 53; konungr tók honum vel ok blíðliga, vii. 197; tekit mundu vér hafa kveðju þinni þóttú hefðir oss fyrri fagnat, Ld. 34; Grímr tók því seinliga, Eg. 764; Sigurðr tók því máli vel, 38, Fms. x. 2; konungr tók þá vel orðum Þórólfs, Eg. 44; hann tók því þakksamliga, Fms. i. 21; taka vel þeirra eyrendum, x. 33; Barði tók þessu vel, Ld. 236; Hákon tók því seinliga, Fms. i. 74; eigi mun konungr taka því þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, Eg. 59; tók Brynjólfr þá sættum fyrir Björn, 168; Njáll átti hlut at, at þeir skyldi taka sættum, Nj. 120; taka handsölum á fé, 257; taka heimildum á e-u, Fms. x. 45; taka fari, Grág. ii. 399, Nj. 111, 258 (see far); taka bóli, to take a farm (on lease), Gþl. 328, 354; mun ek máli taka fyrir alla Íslenzka menn þá er á skipi eru, speak for them, Bs. i. 421.VII. impers. it is taken; hann brá upp hendinni ok tók hana af honum ok höfuðit af konunginum, Nj. 275; ok tók af nasarnar, Fms. x. 135, v. l.; þá tók af veðrit (acc.), the weather ‘took up’ (as is said in North of England), the storm abated. Fas. i. 157; svá at þar tæki af vega alla, all roads were stopped, Fms, iii. 122; af þeim tók málit ok görask úfærir, Fas. ii. 549; kom á höndina fyrir ofan úlflið svá at af tók, Nj. 84; kom á fótinn svá at af tók, 123; þá tók efa af mörgum manni, Fms. iii. 8; sýnina tekr frá e-m, to become blind, x. 339; undan kúnni tók nyt alla, Eb. 316; jafnskjótt tók ór verkinn allan, Fms. iv. 369; tók út skip Þangbrands ór Hitará, she drifted out, Bs. i. 15; í þat mund dags er út tók eykðina, when the time of ‘eykð’ was nearly passed, Fms. xi. 136; um várit er sumar-hita tók, when the summer heat set in, Fs. 67; réru svá skjótt at ekki tók (viz. þá) á vatni, Fms. vii. 344.2. as a naut. term, to clear, weather a point; veðr var litið ok tók þeim skamt frá landi, the weather was still, and they kept close in shore, Fms. vi. 190: hence the mod. naut. phrase, e-m tekr, to clear, weather; mér tók fyrir nesit, I cleared, weathered the ness; vindr þver, svo að þeim tekr ekki.3. þar er eigi of tekr torf eðr grjót, where neither is at hand, Grág. ii. 262; þau dæmi tekr til þessa máls, the proofs of this are, that when …, Hom. 127.B. Reflex., takask mikit á hendr, to take much in hand, Band. 3, Nj. 228, Fms. i. 159; tókumk ek þat á hendr, xi. 104; láta af takask, to let oneself be deprived of, Eg. 296; takask e-n á hendr.2. to be brought about, take effect, succeed; cp. þykkir mikit í hættu hversu þér teksk, Ld. 310; þat tóksk honum, he succeeded, Bárð. 167; tekst þá tveir vilja, it succeeds when two will, i. e. joint efforts prevail, a saying:—takask til, to happen; Ásgrími tóksk svá til (it so happened to A.), sem sjaldan var vant, at vörn var í máii hans, Nj. 92; ef svá vill til takask. Fas. i. 251; svá erviðliga sem þeim hafði til tekizk at herja á þá feðga, Fms. i. 184; mér hefir úgiptuliga tekizk, Ld. 252; þætti mér allmiklu máli skipta at þér tækisk stórmannliga, that thou wouldst behave generously, Hkr. ii. 32; hefir þetta svá tekizk sem ván var at, er hann var barn at aldri, 268.3. to take place, begin; tóksk orrosta, Nj. 8; teksk þar orrosta, 122; ráð takask, of a marriage; en ef þá takask eigi ráðin, if the wedding takes not place then, Grág. i. 311; lýkr svá at ráðin skyldi takask, 99; ráð þau skyldi takask at öðru sumri, Eg. 26, Fms. x. 40: to be realised, hvatamaðr at þessi ferð skyldi takask, Ld. 240; síðan er mægð hafdi tekizk með þeim, since they had intermarried, Eg. 37; takask með þeim góðar ástir, they came to love one another much, of newly-married people, passim; féráns dómr teksk, Grág. i. 95; takask nú af heimboðin, to cease, Ld. 208; ok er allt mál at ættvíg þessi takisk af, 258.II. recipr., takask orðum, to speak to one another, Fms. xi. 13; ok er þeir tókusk at orðum, spurði hann …, Eg. 375; bræðr-synir takask arf eptir, entreat one another, Gþl. 241; ef menn takask fyrir árar eða þiljur, take from one another, 424: takask á, to wrestle, Bárð. 168; takask fangbrögðum, Ld. 252, Ísl. ii. 446: takask í hendr, to shake hands, Grág. i. 384, Nj. 3, 65.III. part. tekinn; vóru þá tekin ( stopped) öll borgar-hlið ok vegar allir, at Norðmönnum kæmi engi njósn, Fms. vi. 411: Steinþórr var til þess tekinn, at …, S. was particularly named as …, Eb. 32, 150; hann var til þess tekinn, at honum var verra til hjóna en öðrum mönnum, Grett. 70 new Ed. (cp. mod. usage, taka til e-s, to wonder at): lá hann ok var mjök tekinn, very ill, Sturl. i. 89: Álfhildr var þungliga tekin, ok gékk henni nær dauða, Fms. iv. 274; hann var mjök tekinn ok þyngdr af líkþrá, ii. 229; þú ert Ílla at tekin fyrir vanheilsu sakir, vii. 244; ú-tekin jörð, an untaken, unclaimed estate, Sturl. iii. 57, Gþl. 313.2. at af teknum þeim, except, Fms. x. 232; at af teknum úvinum sínum, 266, (Latinism.) -
91 VERA
* * *I)(er; var, várum or vórum; verit), v.1) to be, exist; þeir menn vóru, er, there were men who;2) to be, happen; þat var, at hón fór brott, so it was that she went away; en er váraði, var þar búskortr, there was scarcity in the household; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her! þat var einn dag, at, it happened one day that; kann (má) v., at, it is possible, it may be that;3) to last; meðan þingit væri, while the Thing lasted;4) láta e-n v., to leave one alone (lát mik v. ok ger mér ekki illt); bað hann láta v., begged him to leave it undone, not to do it;5) to dwell, stay; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, he asked her to stay in his booth; hann var á Höskuldsstöðum um nótt, he passed a night at H.;6) with infin., hlymr var at heyra, a clattering was to be heard; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen; v. at gera e-t, to be doing a thing; kvað hann v. at telja silfr, said he was counting the money; denoting necessity, a thing about to happen, or to be done; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now all those must go out to whom leave is given; er nú eigi Kára at varast, now there is no need to beware of K.; nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now it is to be told that; nú er at segja frá Skamkatli, now we must tell of S.;7) with a predicate (noun, a., or adv.); v. konungr, Jarl, biskup, to be king, earl, bishop; v. glaðr, sæll, hryggr, ungr, gamall, to be glad, happy, sad, young, old; v. vel, illa til e-s, to be well, ill-disposed towards one; þat er illa, it is sad; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently; orð kvað þá Vingi þats án veri, words which he had better not have said;8) impers., e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold;9) with past participles in passive sense; v. kallaðr, sagðr, tekinn, to be called, said, taken;10) with preps., v. af e-u, to be off, out of (v. af klæðum); v. at e-u, to be busy at; verkmenn váru at arningu, they were ploughing; to be present (þar varstu at); ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers; v. eptir, to be left, remain (A. kvazt vilja v. eptir ok hvílast); v. fyrir, to lead ( see fyrir); v. til, to exist; v. um, undir, see um, undir.f.1) stay, sojourn; ef hann á sér í vá veru, if he has a corner to stay in;2) comfort (slíkt er válaðs v.).* * *older form vesa, the verb substantive; pres. em, ert, er, pl. erum, eruð, eru: pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pl. váru or vóru; a obsolete óru occurs, Sæm. (once), Orkn. 426. l. 11, Nj. 81, Thom. 28, 90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Ísl. ii. 482: pres. subj. sé, sér (Vþm. 4, 7), sé; the older form is sjá, en ek sjá, Clem. 138. l. 14; at ek sjá, … ok sé mér eigi reiðr, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the forms sják, sjákk, see below: the mod. forms are sé, sért, sér (eg sé, þú sért; s ert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5): imperat. ver, vertú; see Gramm. p. xxiii: there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22, Ls. 54; þatz án veri, Am. 36; skósmiðr þú verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.A. CHANGES AND FORMS.—Vera is an anomalous verb, which has undergone several changes:I. by changing s to r; of the older form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas; pres. subj. vesi; imperat. ves, MS. 623. 25. l. 14, 645. 6l. l. 33, 677. 40. l. 38; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. l. 27, 229. l. 12; vesum, Hom. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. l. 8; pres. indic. 2nd pers. est, Glúm. 372; 3rd pers. es: but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plur. indic. and subj. (váru væri, never vásu væsi). Rhymes in poets and the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alone existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 12th century, the time of Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Norway, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or so earlier; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) are distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r: the phrase ‘at upp vesandi sólu’, in N. G. L. i. 4, being the only instance of the s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of a rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rögnvald, earl of the Orkneys; he was a native of Norway, born about A. D. 1100, and the poem was composed about A. D. 1145; another instance is ‘vara, fara’ in Fms. vii. 185, in a poem about A. D. 1140, written by an Icelander who had lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore a Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snorri, A. D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnórr, and coeval poets; vesa, vísi; sás með Sygna ræsi; þági vas sem þessum; vask til Róms í háska; vastu, kosta; vas fyrir Mikkjals- messu; nú es um verk þau er vísi; bráskat þat dægr háski: from A. D. 1100–1150, Geisli, Pd., etc., svás, ræsir; esat, risnu; vasa, tysvar; vestu. freistni; vestu, traustla: on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rögvald, vera, skera; gera, vera; var, skar (twice): from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, erðu, fyrðum; ertú, h jarta; verðú, f orðast, Leiðarv. etc. This may sometimes serve as a test, e. g. var ek nær viðr-eign þ eirra, Grett., and skap-kers saman vera, Gísl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the early Saga time; the verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.2. as to the spelling of the MSS.,—the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Eluc. 674, the Íb. etc.) use the s throughout: vellums of the next period, about A. D. 1200 (e. g. Arna-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later form sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts máldagi gives ‘es,’ not ‘er.’ Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such as the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm., the Grág., and the Mork., the mod. spelling has entirely got the better of the old, and an ‘es’ only creeps in, as if unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alone has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rest have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted above; such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda; but had that vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, etc. would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems.3. on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers. pret. sing. is a word of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, e. g. ias vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and 101 (on a stone of the reign of Sweyn, died A. D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present the later form: the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, being of the middle of the 11th century (Ingvar died A. D. 1039); there we read, ‘vas’ (twice), ‘varinn’ (once), ‘var’ (thrice, being twice spelt with ᛦ, once with ᚱ): this shews that about this time in Sweden the later or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was still remembered.II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negation; em’k (tautologically ek em’k = I-am-I), emk, Ad. 1, Vþm. 8, Fms. xi. 91; ek emk, Mork. 89. l. 13, 104. l. 23, Clem. 136. l. 20, 138. l. 13; vask, I was, 133. l. 25, Mork. 89. l. 16; vark, Post. 225, v. l. 15; ek vark, Ls. 35; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129. l. 27; es þú, art thou, l. 30, 130. l. 11; sjá’k ( may I be), ek sják, Mork. 134; at sják, 189. l. 29; ek sják, Hbl. 9, Hkv. 1. 20; at ek gjarn sják, Stor.; with double kk, þó at ek sjákk, Mork. 89.2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopated erum, Stor. 1, Ad. 16, Hkv. 1. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (see senna); leið erum-k fjöll, Edda (in a verse); várumk, were to me, Am. 78.3. suff. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in a verse); emkat-ek, am I not I, i. e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm. 18, Ó. H. 192 (in a verse): er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim; eru-ð, are not, Skv. 1. 42; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv.; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. (in a verse); veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. l. 8.III. the plur. eru when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffixed; this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwards disused; þeir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 2. 11; Æsir-ro, the Ases are, Vsp. 49; skildir-ro, shields are, 44; torogætir-ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse); hverjar-ro, which are, Vþm. 48; langir-ro, long are, Gg.; tveir-ro, þrír-ro, fjórir-ro, two, three, four are, Edda 108; báðir-ro, both are, Mork. 169; hér-ro, here are, 234; þér-ro, ye are, MS. 686 B. 1; hryggvir-ro, id.; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; úvar-ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; værrom, vérrom, we are, Edda i. 526, Fms. x. 421; hverrtu [cp. North. E. wh’art’ou, lad] (hverrtú karl, who art thou, carle?), Frissb. 256. l. 8; ir-rot, ye are, Ó. H. 151.IV. the pres. 1st pers. em [Engl. am] has changed into er (eg er, þú ert, hann er), making the 1st and 3rd pers. uniform; this new form appears in vellums about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreviated (ē = em, eͬ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in hymns the old ‘em’ still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth. xxvii. 24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. 1, 5, Matth. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjáls, 1 Cor. ix. 1; em eg orðinn, 20, 22, and passim.B. USAGE.—To be:I. to be, exist; þær sakir skal fyrst dæma, ef þær eru, if such there are, Grág. (Kb.) i. 73; eigi vóru hans jafningjar, Eg. 1; Rachel grét sonu sína, … þvi at þeir eru eigi, Hom. 49; þeir menn vóru, er þess gátu, there were men who, Nj. 90.2. to be, happen; þat var, at hón for brott, Nj. 51; él eitt mun vera, 198; þess sem vera vill, that which is to be, 186; ok er (is) Vagn þá fimtán vetra gamall, er þetta er, when this came to pass, Fms. xi. 97; at þessi orrosta hafi verit á öðrum degi viku, iii. 11; í þann tið var úfriðr Kristnum mönnum, Ver. 43; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er þér, Atli? er þér hryggt í hug, Gkv. 3.3. to last; meðan þingit væri, Nj. 12; hirðit eigi at óttask píslir þeirra—þvíat stund eina eru, 623. 32; meðan líf hans var, Bret. 100; þykkir eigi vera mega svá búit, Fms. xi. 62: to remain, leave alone, láttu það vera, let that be, Flóv.4. to be, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til Róms, I was at Rome, Sighvat; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, Nj. 12; Gunnarr var á Höskuld-stöðum um nótt, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347: so the phrase, biðja að lofa sér að vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller; lofa honum að vera, to take a stranger in; honum var boðit at vera, Vápn. 23; hefi ek hér verit síðan, Nj. 45; Hallkell var þar með Otkatli, 73; þeir vildu eigi vesa hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; vera samvistum við e-n, Grág. ii. 80; vera við e-t, to be present at, Hom. 129: vera at, to be present; vark at þar, Glúm.: vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113; meðan ek em í brautu, 52: sagðisk eigi vita hvar þau væri, were to be found, Dipl. ii. 20; hvar ertu? slá ein var um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; hygg ek at þar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er þér hér nú minja-griprinn, Nj. 203: as with the notion of ‘towards’ a place, an irregular construction, vartú á land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meðan þeir vóru til Danmerkr, Fms. x. 104; Ribbungar höfðu ekki verit út í landit, ix. 359; verit eigi til orrostu, vii. 263, v. l.; vera á fund hans, Eg. 26.5. with prepp.; vera at, to be busy at (see ‘at’ A. II, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to lead (see fyrir): vera til, to exist (see til IV); eiga fjölskyldi, vandræði, um at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII); e-m er mikit, lítið, ekki um e-t (see um C. I. 3); vera við (see við B. VIII).II. with a predicate:1. with a noun, to be so and so; vera bróðir, systir, faðir, sonr, dóttir … e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup …, passim; hvers son ertú?—Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal þer Mörðr vera, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellípt., er þat ekki karla, that is not men’s (affair), 75; er þat ekki margra, ‘that is not for many,’ few are equal to that (cp. Lat. ‘non cuivis homini,’ etc.), 48.2. with adjectives, to be so and so, of a state or condition; vera kunnigr, Fms. x. 370; vera glaðr, sæll, hryggr, dauðr, lifandi, … ungr, gamall, to be glad …, young, old, passim; þó at ek sjákk ótignari, Mork. 89; nema ek dauðr sják, Hbl. 9; þótt ek sják einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn, to be come: so too with adverbs, vera vel, ílla … til e-s, er við e-n, to be, behave well, ill … to one, passim; or also, þat er ílla, it is sad, Nj. 70, 71; ílla er þá, fyrr væri ílla, 75, 260; drengr góðr, þar sem vel skyldi vera, when it was to be, i. e. when she wished, 147; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143; at þú frændr þína vammalaust verir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 22; orð kvað hann þats án veri, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36.3. impers., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grág.; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold, Nj. 95; er auðit, q. v.4. with participles, in a passive sense; vera kallaðr, vera sagðr, tekinn, elskaðr, etc., to be called, said, taken, loved.5. with infin.; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear, i. e. to be heard, Am.; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen, passim.6. ellipt., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing at hand, about to happen, or to be done; ok er hér at þiggja, Hrafn, þann greiða sem þú vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake of what food thou wilt, Ísl. ii. 262; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200; nú er at verja sik, 83; er nú eigi Kára at varask, now there is no need to beware of K., 259; nú er at segja frá, now is to be told, 75, 259; er nú ekki fyrr frá at segja en þeir koma …, 21; er ekki um hans ferðir at tala fyrr en …, 215.III. irregular usages:1. ellipse of the infin. vera; ek skal þér Hrútr, I will [be] Hrútr to thee, Nj. 15; Gunnarr segir sér þat alvöru, G. says it [ is to be] his earnestness, 49; vil ek þá lauss máls þessa, 76; bað hann alla metta at miðri nótt, he begged all eating [ to be over] at midnight, Fms. ix. 353; þá þótti hverjum gott þar sem sat, Nj. 50; at skamt skyli okkar í meðal, 114; mun þín skömm lengi uppi, mun hans vörn uppi meðan landit er bygt, 116, 117: or also ‘var,’ ‘er’ may be understood, hann hafði hjálm á höfði, og gyrðr sverði, 70; sá ek glöggt hvat títt var,—barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju, a bairn in age, and to have slain such a champion! Glúm. 382: the dropping of the infin. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex. forms kveðsk, segjask, látask, þykkjask, virðask, sýnask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjective, as also after the verbs munu, skulu,—thus, hann sagðisk kominn, he said he was come; hann lezt búinn, he made as if he was ready; hann þóttisk staddr, he thought that he was …; skal þat á þínu umdæmi, Fms. xi. 89; þess eins er mér þykkir betr, … til hvers þykkjast þessir menn færir, Hrafn. 17; mun þat harðla lítið, 21; at fátt muni manna á fótum, 20; þú virðisk okkr vaskr maðr, 23; þessi hestr sýnisk mér eigi betri en aðrir, id.2. an irregularity, occurring now and then, is the use of the sing. ‘er’ for plur. eru; mannföll þessi er sögð, Gullþ. 71; nú er fram komin sóknar-gögn, Nj. 242.IV. recipr., erusk, vórusk; viðr-gefendr ok endr-gefendr erosk lengst vinir, Hm. 40; þeir er í nánd erusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3; þótt þau sésk eigi hjóna, though they be not man and wife, K. Þ. K. 158; ok városk góðir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89; ok várusk þeir fóstbræðr, 55.V. as to the poët. medial form, erumk, várumk (see ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil: grimmt várumk hlið, the breach was cruel to me, Stor.; erumk-a leitt, it is not to me, Eg. (in a verse); erumka þokkt þjóða sinni, see sinni II; mærðar-efni erumk auð-skæf, Ad.; mjök erum(k) tregt tungu at hræra, it is hard for me to move the tongue, Stor. 1; (hence one might correct the end verse of that poem into nú ‘erumk’ torvelt, for the modernised nú ‘er mér’ torvelt); blautr erumk bergi-fótar borr, Eg. (at the end); to which add, þat erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi; lyst várumk þess, I had a longing to, Am. 74; ván erumk, ‘a hope is to me,’ I hope, Fagrsk. 122; the phrase, títt erumk, ‘tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse).VI. part., allir menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3; æ-verandi, everlasting, Hom. 107; hjá-verandi, being present, Vm. 47; nær-verandis, present; engi nær-verandis maðr, öllum lýð nær-verandis, Th. 77; klerkar ok nær-verandi leikmenn, Mar.; at upp-vesandi sólu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4; verandi eigi úminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230. -
92 δόξα
δόξα, ης, ἡ (s. δοξάζω; in var. mngs. Hom.+; in Ath. ‘meaning’). In many of the passages in our lit. the OT and Gr-Rom. perceptions of dependence of fame and honor on extraordinary performance deserve further exploration. SIG 456, 15 is typical: concern for others leads to enhancement of one’s δόξα or reputation. The Common Gk. usage of δ. in sense of ‘notion, opinion’ is not found in the NT.① the condition of being bright or shining, brightness, splendor, radiance (a distinctive aspect of Hb. כָּבוֹד).ⓐ of physical phenomena (PGM 13, 189 τὴν δόξαν τοῦ φωτός, cp. 298ff. On this Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 357ff, also 314 δόξα ἐκ τ. πυρός [cp. Just., D. 128]; 315 φῶς κ. δόξαν θεῖαν [=Cleopatra 150]; LXX; TestJob 43:6 τῆ λαμπάδα αὐτοῦ) οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δ. τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brightness of the light Ac 22:11; ὁρᾶν τὴν δ. see the radiance Lk 9:32; cp. vs. 31. Everything in heaven has this radiance: the radiant bodies in the sky 1 Cor 15:40f (cp. PGM 13, 64 σὺ ἔδωκας ἡλίῳ τὴν δόξαν κ. δύναμιν; 448; Sir 43:9, 12; 50:7).ⓑ of humans involved in transcendent circumstances, and also transcendent beings: cherubim (Sir 49:8; Ezk 10:4) Hb 9:5; angels Lk 2:9; Rv 18:1. Esp. of God’s self (Ex 24:17; 40:34; Num 14:10; Bar 5:9 τὸ φῶς τῆς δόξης αὐτου; Tob 12:15; 13:16 BA; 2 Macc 2:8; SibOr 5, 427) ὁ θεὸς τῆς δ. (En 25:7) Ac 7:2 (Ps 28:3); cp. J 12:41 (Is 6:1); Ac 7:55; 2 Th 1:9; 2 Pt 1:17b; Rv 15:8; 19:1; 21:11, 23. ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δ. Eph 1:17; βασιλεὺς τῆς δ. AcPl BMM verso 24 and 26. But also of those who appear before God: Moses 2 Cor 3:7–11, 18 (Just., D. 127, 3; cp. Ἀδὰμ τῆς δ. θεοῦ ἐγυμνώθη GrBar 4:16); Christians in the next life 1 Cor 15:43; Col 3:4. The δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ as it relates to the final judgment Ro 3:23; 5:2 (but s. 3); Jesus himself has a σῶμα τῆς δ. radiant, glorious body Phil 3:21; cp. 2 Cl 17:5. Christ is the κύριος τ. δόξης 1 Cor 2:8 (cp. En 22:14; 27:3, 5; 36:4; 40:3 of God; PGM 7, 713 κύριοι δόξης of deities).—The concept has been widened to denote the glory, majesty, sublimity of God in general (PGM 4, 1202 ἐφώνησά σου τ. ἀνυπέρβλητον δόξαν; Orig., C. Cels. 4, 1, 24 οἰκοδομεῖν … ναὸν δόξης θεοῦ) ἀλλάσσειν τὴν δ. τοῦ θεοῦ exchange the majesty of God Ro 1:23; κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ Jd 24 (cp. En 104:1)=before himself. Christ was raised fr. the dead διὰ τῆς δ. τοῦ πατρός by the majesty (here, as in J 2:11, the thought of power, might is also present; cp. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 344, 359 and PGM 4, 1650 δὸς δόξαν καὶ χάριν τῷ φυλακτηρίῳ τούτῳ; Wsd 9:11 φυλάξει με ἐν τ. δόξῃ; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 45.—JVogel, Het sanscrit woord tejas [=gloedvuur] in de beteekenis van magische Kracht 1930) of the Father Ro 6:4; cp. Mt 16:27; Mk 8:38; AcPl Ha 10, 9; ὄψῃ τὴν δ. τοῦ θεοῦ J 11:40; κράτος τῆς δ. majestic power Col 1:11; πλοῦτος τῆς δ. the wealth of his glory Ro 9:23; Eph 1:18; cp. Eph 3:16; Phil 4:19; Col 1:27; δ. τῆς χάριτος (PGM 4, 1650, s. above) Eph 1:6; w. ἀρετή 2 Pt 1:3 (τῆς ἐπʼ ἀρετῇ καὶ δόξῃ διαλήψεως, ins at Aphrodisias II, 14: ZPE 8, ’71, 186); ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δ. Hb 1:3; τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δ. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ Tit 2:13. Some would classify Ro 2:7, 10 here, but these and related pass. w. the formulation δόξα καὶ τιμή prob. are better placed in 3 below because of their focus on honor and prestige. Doxol. σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ δ. εἰς τ. αἰῶνας, ἀμήν (Odes 12:15 [Prayer of Manasseh]) Mt 6:13 v.l.; AcPl Ha 2, 33; εἰς ἔπαινον τῆς δ. αὐτοῦ Eph 1:12, 14; cp. 1:6.—1 Th 2:12; 1 Pt 5:10. Pl. Hv 1, 3, 3. κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δ. τοῦ μακαρίου θεοῦ 1 Ti 1:11. Transferred to Christ: Mt 19:28; 24:30; 25:31; Mk 10:37; 13:26; Lk 9:26; 21:27; J 1:14; 2:11; Js 2:1 (AMeyer, D. Rätsel d. Js 1930, 118ff); B 12:7; AcPl Ha 7:7. τὸν φωτισμὸν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς δ. τοῦ χριστοῦ the news that shines with the greatness of Christ 2 Cor 4:4; cp. 4:6 (cp. Just., A I, 51, 8 παραγίνεσθαι μετὰ δόξης μέλλει). Of Christ’s prestige promoted by Paul’s associates 2 Cor 8:23 (but s. d and 3 below).ⓒ The state of being in the next life is thus described as participation in the radiance or gloryα. w. ref. to Christ: εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δ. αὐτοῦ enter into his glory Lk 24:26 (βασιλείαν P75 first hand); ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δ. 1 Ti 3:16; cp. τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δ.1 Pt 1:11 (but s. β below; pl. because of the παθήματα; cp. also Wsd 18:24; Isocr. 4, 51; POslo 85, 13 [III A.D.]), 21. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δ. αὐτοῦ 4:13. Also of Christ’s preëxistence: J 17:5, 22, 24.β. w. ref. to his followers (cp. Da 12:13; Herm. Wr. 10, 7): Ro 8:18, 21; 1 Cor 2:7; 2 Cor 4:17; 1 Th 2:12; 2 Th 2:14; 2 Ti 2:10; Hb 2:10; 1 Pt 5:1, 4 (στέφανος τ. δόξης; on this expr. cp. Jer 13:18; TestBenj 4:1); εἰς … δ. καὶ τιμὴν ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:7 (perh. 1:11 belongs here, in ref. to sufferings that are endured in behalf of Christ). πνεῦμα τῆς δ. w. πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 4:14. ἵνα πνευματικὴν καὶ ἄφθαρτον τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξαν κληρονομήσωσιν ending of Mk 16:14 v.l. (Freer ms. ln. 11f) (Cleopatra 146f ἐνέδυσεν αὐτοὺς θείαν δόξαν πνευματικήν); ἥτις ἐστὶν δ. ὑμῶν (my troubles) promote your glory Eph 3:13 (s. MDibelius, comm. on Col 1:24ff) τόπος τῆς δ.=the hereafter 1 Cl 5:4.ⓓ of reflected radiance reflection ἀνὴρ … εἰκὼν καὶ δόξα θεοῦ man (as distinguished from woman) is the image and reflection of God 1 Cor 11:7 (perh. this thought finds expression Ro 3:23; 5:2, but s. 3, below); also γυνὴ δόξα ἀνδρός ibid. (cp. the formal similarity but difft. mng. in the Jewish ins in Lietzmann comm. ad loc.: ἡ δόξα Σωφρονίου Λούκιλλα εὐλογημένη; s. also AFeuillet, RB 81, ’74, 161–82). Some interpret δ. Χριστοῦ 2 Cor 8:23 in ref. to Paul’s associates (but s. 1b).② a state of being magnificent, greatness, splendor, anything that catches the eye (1 Esdr 6:9; 1 Macc 10:60, 86; 2 Macc 5:20): fine clothing (Sir 6:31; 27:8; 45:7; 50:11) of a king Mt 6:29; Lk 12:27; of royal splendor gener. (Bar 5:6; 1 Macc 10:58; Jos., Ant. 8, 166) Mt 4:8; Lk 4:6; Rv 21:24, 26. Gener. of human splendor of any sort 1 Pt 1:24 (Is 40:6).③ honor as enhancement or recognition of status or performance, fame, recognition, renown, honor, prestige (s. s.v. ἀγαθός and δικαιο-entries; Diod S 15, 61, 5 abs. δόξα= good reputation; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 89 §376 δ. ἀγαθή good reputation, esteem; Polyaenus 8 Prooem. δόξα ἀθάνατος=eternal renown; Herm. Wr. 14, 7; PsSol 1:4; 17:6; Jos., Ant. 4, 14, Vi. 274; Just., A II, 10, 8 δόξης … καταφρονήσαντος) of public approbation (cp. Orig., C. Cels. 7, 24, 1; Did., Gen. 238, 25) ἐνώπιον πάντων τῶν συνανακειμένων σοι Lk 14:10; δ. λαμβάνειν (En 99:1; Diog. L. 9, 37 of Democr. οὐκ ἐκ τόπου δόξαν λαβεῖν βουλόμενος) J 5:41, 44a al.; sim. of God Rv 4:11 and the Lamb 5:12 receiving honor. J 8:54 (=make high claims for myself); 12:43a (cp. 8:50); Ro 9:4; 2 Cor 6:8 (opp. ἀτιμία); 1 Th 2:6; 1 Cl 3:1; B 19:3; Hv 1, 1, 8. Gener. γυνὴ … ἐὰν κομᾷ, δόξα αὐτῇ ἐστιν, i.e. she enjoys a favorable reputation 1 Cor 11:15 (opp. ἀτιμία). Oxymoron ὧν … ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν whose prestige is in their disgrace Phil 3:19. Of enhancement of divine prestige as an objective J 7:18; Lazarus’ illness redounds to God’s honor 11:4; Ro 15:7. Of divine approbation of pers. δ. τοῦ θεοῦ J 5:44b; 12:43b (cp. 1QH 17:15; 1QS 4:23); Ro 3:23; 5:2. Here also belong pass. w. the form δὸξα καὶ τιμή / τιμὴ καὶ δόξα (LXX; ins, e.g. OGI 223, 12; 244, 19f; 763, 37; Welles 42, 6; also PGM 4, 1616f δὸς δ. καὶ τιμὴν κ. χάριν; Just., D. 42, 1) Ro 2:7, 10; 1 Ti 1:17; Hb 2:7, 9 (Ps 8:6); cp. 3:3; 1 Pt 1:7; 2 Pt 1:17; Rv 4:9, 11; 5:12, 13; 21:26. Of pers. who bestow renown through their excellence: of Jesus Lk 2:32 (cp. Ro 9:4); of Paul’s epistolary recipients ὑμεῖς ἡ δ. ἡμῶν you bring us renown 1 Th 2:20 (cp. the Jewish ins in Lietzmann, 1d above: Loucilla brings renown to Sophronius).—Israel’s liturgy furnishes the pattern for the liturg. formula δ. θεῷ praise is (BWeiss; HHoltzmann; Harnack; Zahn; EKlostermann; ASchlatter; Rengstorf) or be (Weizsäcker; JWeiss; OHoltzmann) to God Lk 2:14. Cp. 19:38; Ro 11:36; 16:27; Gal 1:5; Eph 3:21; Phil 4:20; 2 Ti 4:18 (perh. Christ as referent); Hb 13:21; 1 Pt 4:11; 1 Cl 20:12; 50:7 al.; τιμὴ καὶ δ. 1 Ti 1:17 (s. also above as extra-biblical formulation, esp. OGI 223, 12; 244, 19f; 763, 37); cp. Jd 25 v.l.; Rv 5:13; 7:12. Doxologies to Christ 2 Pt 3:18; Rv 1:6; εἰς (τὴν) δ. (τοῦ) θεοῦ to the praise of God Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 10:31; 2 Cor 4:15; Phil 1:11; 2:11; cp. Ro 3:7. Also πρὸ δ. 2 Cor 1:20; πρὸ τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου (Christ) δ. 8:19. Hence the expr. δ. διδόναι τῷ θεῷ praise God (Bar 2:17f; 1 Esdr 9:8; 4 Macc 1:12): in thanksgiving Lk 17:18; Rv 19:7; as a form of relig. devotion: Ac 12:23; Ro 4:20; Rv 4:9; 11:13; 14:7; 16:9; as an adjuration δὸς δ. τῷ θεῷ give God the praise by telling the truth J 9:24.—GBoobyer, ‘Thanksgiving’ and the ‘Glory of God’ in Paul, diss. Leipzig 1929; LChampion, Benedictions and Doxologies in the Epistles of Paul ’35; MPamment, The Meaning of δόξα in the Fourth Gospel: ZNW 74, ’83, 12–16, God’s glory is manifested through the gift of Jesus’ voluntary self-surrender on the cross.④ a transcendent being deserving of honor, majestic being, by metonymy (cp. Diod S 15, 58, 1 of citizens who stood out from among all others in ἐξουσίαι καὶ δόξαι=offices and honors) of angelic beings (s. Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 45; PGM 1, 199) δόξαι majestic (heavenly) beings Jd 8; 2 Pt 2:10 (s. also Ex 15:11 LXX; TestJud 25:2 αἱ δυνάμεις τ. δόξης. Also the magical text in Rtzst., Poim. p. 28 [VI 17] χαιρέτωσάν σου αἱ δόξαι (practically = δυνάμει) εἰς αἰῶνα, κύριε). Cp. JSickenberger, Engelsoder Teufelslästerer? Festschrift zur Jahrhundertfeier d. Univers. Breslau 1911, 621ff. The mng. majesties and by metonymy illustrious persons is also prob.—On the whole word Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 289; 314f; 344; 355ff; AvGall, D. Herrlichkeit Gottes 1900; IAbrahams, The Glory of God 1925.—AForster, The Mng. of Δόξα in the Greek Bible: ATR 12, 1929/1930, 311ff; EOwen, Δόξα and Cognate Words: JTS 33, ’32, 139–50; 265–79; CMohrmann, Note sur doxa: ADebrunner Festschr. ’54, 321–28; LBrockington, LXX Background to the NT Use of δ., Studies in the Gospels in memory of RLightfoot ’55, 1–8.—HBöhlig, D. Geisteskultur v. Tarsos 1913, 97ff; GWetter, D. Verherrlichung im Joh.-ev.: Beitr. z. Rel.-wiss. II 1915, 32–113, Phos 1915; RLloyd, The Word ‘Glory’ in the Fourth Gospel: ET 43, ’32, 546–48; BBotte, La gloire du Christ dans l’Evangile de S. Jean: Quest. liturgiques 12, 1927, 65ff; HPass, The Glory of the Father; a Study in St John 13–17, ’35; WThüsing, Die Erhöhung u. Verherrlichung Jesu im J, ’60.—GKittel, D. Rel. gesch. u. d. Urchristentum ’32, 82ff; JSchneider, Doxa ’32; HKittel, D. Herrlichkeit Gottes ’34; MGreindl, Κλεος, Κυδος, Ευχος, Τιμη, Φατις, Δοξα, diss. Munich ’38; AVermeulen, Semantic Development of Gloria in Early-Christian Latin ’56.—RAC IV 210–16; XI 196–225.—B. 1144f. DELG s.v. δοκάω etc. II p. 291. Schmidt, Syn. I 321–28, s. δοκέω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
93 μέν
μέν affirmative particle, a weakened form of μήν (Hom.+). One of the commonest particles in Hom., Hdt. et al., but its usage declines sharply in later times. Found only 180 times in the NT. In seven of these places the editions vary (Mk 9:12; Ac 23:8; Ro 7:25; 16:19; 1 Cor 2:15; 12:20: in Ro 16:19; Gal 4:23 W-H. bracket the word). The mss. show an even greater variation. In Rv, 2 Th, 1 Ti, Tit, Phlm, 2 Pt, 1, 2, 3J it does not occur at all; Eph, Col, 1 Th, Js have only one occurrence each. It is also quite rare in 1, 2 Cl, Ign, GPt, but is common in Ac, Hb, B and esp. in Dg. It never begins a clause. Cp. Kühner-G. II p. 264ff; Schwyzer II 569f; Denniston 359–97; B-D-F §447; Rob. 1150–53; Mlt-Turner 331f.① marker of correlation, w. other particlesⓐ introducing a concessive clause, followed by another clause w. an adversative particle: to be sure … but, on the one hand … on the other hand, though in many cases an equivalence translation will not fit this scheme; rather, the contrast is to be emphasized in the second clause, often with but.α. μὲν … δέ: ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς βαπτίζω … ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος Mt 3:11. ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς … οἱ δὲ ἐργάται 9:37. τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε … τὸ δὲ καθίσαι 20:23. ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου … οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ Mk 14:21. τοῦ μὲν πρώτου κατέαξαν τὰ σκέλη … ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες J 19:32 and oft. Cp. Mt 22:8; Ac 21:39; Ro 6:11; 1 Cor 9:24; 11:14; 12:20; 2 Cor 10:10; Hb 3:5; 1 Pt 1:20.—In combination w. conjunctions: εἰ μὲν … εἰ δέ if … but if Dg 3:2 (TestJob 23:5; Ar. 13:7). εἰ μὲν οὖν … εἰ δέ if then … but if Ac 19:38; cp. 25:11. εἰ μὲν … νῦν δέ if … but now Hb 11:15. μὲν οὖν … δέ ( now) indeed … but J 19:24; 20:30; Ac 8:4; 12:5; 1 Cor 9:25. μὲν γὰρ … δέ/ἀλλά for indeed … but (Wsd 7:30; Job 28:2; 2 Macc 6:4; 7:36; 4 Macc 9:8f, 31f) Ac 13:36f; 23:8; 28:22; Ro 2:25; 1 Cor 5:3; 11:7; 2 Cor 9:1–3; 11:4; Hb 7:18, 20f; 12:10; Ac 28:22 (in reverse order): also ἀλλά for δέ in apodosis 4:16f (as 3 Macc 2:15f), s. β. κἂν μὲν …, εἰ δὲ μήγε if … but if not Lk 13:9. ἐὰν μὲν …, ἐὰν δὲ μή Mt 10:13. W. prep. εἰς μὲν … εἰς δέ Hb 9:6.β. μὲν … ἀλλά to be sure … but (Thu. 3, 2, 1; X., Oec. 3, 6; Tetr. Iamb. 1, 2, 3; TestJob 4:1; Ath. 16, 1) Mk 9:12 (v.l. without μέν). πάντα μὲν καθαρὰ ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ to be sure everything is clean, but … Ro 14:20. σὺ μὲν γὰρ καλῶς … ἀλλʼ ὁ ἕτερος 1 Cor 14:17. Cp. Ac 4:16 (s. α).γ. μὲν … πλήν indeed … but (Galen, Inst. Log. c. 8, 2 Kalbfl. [1896]) Lk 22:22.ⓑ without any real concessive sense on the part of μέν, but adversative force in δέ, so that μέν need not be translated at all: αὐτοὶ μὲν … ὑμεῖς δέ Lk 11:48; cp. Ac 13:36. ἐγὼ μὲν … ἐγὼ δέ 1 Cor 1:12. τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις … τοῖς δὲ σῳζομένοις vs. 18. Ἰουδαίοις μὲν … ἔθνεσι δέ vs. 23. ἐμοὶ μὲν … ὑμῖν δέ Phil 3:1. εἰ μὲν … εἰ δέ Ac 18:14; Dg 2:8.ⓒ Somet. the combination μὲν … δέ does not emphasize a contrast, but separates one thought from another in a series, so that they may be easily distinguished: πρῶτον μὲν … ἔπειτα δέ in the first place … then Hb 7:2. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ the one … the other Mt 13:8, 23 (cp. Lucian, Hermot. 66 ὁ μὲν ἑπτά, ὁ δὲ πέντε, ὁ δὲ τριάκοντα; Just., D. 35, 6; 39, 2; cp. TestAbr A 10 p. 87, 21 [Stone p. 22] ἄλλους μὲν … ἑτέρους); Ro 9:21. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other Mt 21:35; 25:15; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; Jd 22. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other, but pl. some … others Ac 14:4; 17:32; Gal 4:23; Eph 4:11; Phil 1:16; Dg 2:2f. ἕκαστος …, ὁ μὲν οὕτως ὁ δὲ οὕτως each one …, one in one way, one in another 1 Cor 7:7. ὸ̔ς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν the one is confident about eating anything, but the weak person Ro 14:2. τινὲς μὲν … τινὲς δέ some … but still others Phil 1:15. ἄλλη μὲν …, ἄλλη δὲ …, ἄλλη δέ … 1 Cor 15:39. ἑτέρα μὲν …, ἑτέρα δέ vs. 40. οἱ μὲν …, ἄλλοι δὲ …, ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. ᾧ μὲν γὰρ …, ἄλλῳ δὲ …, ἑτέρῳ 1 Cor 12:8ff. ἃ μὲν …, ἄλλα δὲ …, ἄλλα δέ Mt 13:4ff. τοῦτο μὲν …, τοῦτο δέ in part … in part (Hdt. 3, 106; Isocr. 4, 21; 22) Hb 10:33 (μέν followed by more than one δέ: two, Libanius, Or. 18, p. 251, 3f; Or. 59 p. 240, 13; four, Or. 64 p. 469, 14).② marker of contrast or continuation without express correlation and frequently in anacoluthaⓐ when the contrast can be supplied fr. the context, and therefore can be omitted as obvious: λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας (sc. ὄντα δὲ ἄλογα or someth. sim.) they have the reputation of being wise (but are foolish) Col 2:23 (difft. BHollenbach, NTS 25, ’79, 254–61: a subordinate clause embedded in its main clause). τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη ἐν ὑμῖν the signs that mark a true apostle were performed among you (but you paid no attention) 2 Cor 12:12. ἤδη μὲν οὖν ἥττημα indeed it is already a defeat for you (but you make it still worse) 1 Cor 6:7.—μέν serves to emphasize the subject in clauses which contain a report made by the speaker’s personal state of being, esp. intellectual or emotional; so ἐγὼ μ. Παῦλος 1 Th 2:18. ἡ μ. εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας Ro 10:1.ⓑ Somet. the contrast is actually expressed, but not in adversative form (Diod S 12, 70, 6 Ἀθηναῖοι μὲν οὖν ἐπιβουλεύσαντες τοῖς Βοιωτοῖς τοιαύτῃ συμφορᾷ περιέπεσον=so the Ath., one can see, after plotting against the B., had their fortunes reversed in such a disaster; Polyaenus with dramatic effect: 4, 3, 20 οἱ μὲν …, Ἀλέξανδρος … ; 2, 3, 2) τότε μὲν … ἔπειτα (here we expect δέ) J 11:6f. ἐφʼ ὅσον μὲν οὖν εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐθνῶν ἀπόστολος in so far, then, as I am an apostle to the nations Ro 11:13 (the contrast follows in vs. 14); cp. 7:12 and 13ff.ⓒ We notice anacoluthon in enumerations, either if they are broken off or if they are continued in some manner that is irregular in form: πρῶτον μέν in the first place Ro 1:8; 3:2; 1 Cor 11:18. πρῶτον μὲν … ἔπειτα (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 1) Js 3:17. In the prologue to Ac (s. λόγος 1b) the clause w. δέ corresponding to τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον 1:1 (Diod S 11, 1, 1 ῾Η μὲν οὖν πρὸ ταύτης βίβλος … τὸ τέλος ἔσχε τῶν πράξεων … ἐν ταύτῃ δέ … The preceding book … contained … ; in this one, on the other hand …) may have been omitted through editorial activity acc. to Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; 397.ⓓ μέν followed by καί is not customary (Ael. Aristid. 31, 19 K.=11 p. 133 D.; IAsMinSW 325, 10ff μὲν … καί; POxy 1153, 14 [I A.D.] two armbands ἓν μὲν σανδύκινον καὶ ἓν πορφυροῦν; TestJob 40:7f; ApcMos 15) Mk 4:4ff; Lk 8:5ff; MPol 2:4.ⓔ μὲν οὖν denotes continuation (TestJob 40:14; Just., A I, 7, 3; s. B-D-F §451, 1; Kühner-G. II 157f, but note Denniston’s caution, p. 473, n. 1; Mayser II/3, 152f; Rob. 1151; 1191) so, then Lk 3:18. Esp. in Ac: 1:6, 18; 2:41; 5:41; 8:25; 9:31; 11:19; 13:4; 14:3 (DSharp, ET 44, ’33, 528); 15:3, 30; 16:5; 17:12, 17, 30; 19:32; 23:18, 22, 31; 25:4; 26:4, 9; 28:5. Also 1 Cor 6:4 (B-D-F §450, 4); Hb 9:1; Papias (2:16). εἰ μὲν οὖν now if Hb 7:11; 8:4.ⓕ μενοῦν, οὐμενοῦν, and μενοῦνγε s. under these entries.—JLee, Some Features of the Speech of Jesus in Mark’s Gospel: NovT 27, ’85, 1–26.—DELG s.v. 1 μήν. M-M. -
94 πάσχω
πάσχω fut. 3 sg. παθεῖται (2 Cl 7:5; v.l. πείσεται; cp. Reinhold p. 74; B-D-F §74, 3), 3 pl. παθοῦνται Hs 8, 10, 4; 2 aor. ἔπαθον; pf. πέπονθα, ptc. πεπονθώς; plpf. 3 pl. ἐπεπόνθεισαν Wsd 18:1 (Hom.+) ‘to experience someth., be treated’ (π. expresses the passive idea corresponding to the active idea in ποιέω) of everything that befalls a person, whether good or ill. Yet its usage developed in such a way that π. came to be used less and less frequently in a good sense, and never thus without some clear indication, at least fr. the context, that the good sense is meant. In our lit. it is found① only once in the sense experience someth. (pleasant) (of one who experiences special blessing, Pind., P. 3, 104 εὖ πασχέμεν, N. 1, 32 εὖ παθεῖν; Antiphanes 252, 2b ἀγαθὸν πάσχει; Diod S 20, 102, 2 εὖ πάσχειν; Dionys. Hal. 7, 51; Plut., Mor. 1110d; Arrian, Ind. 34, 1, Peripl. 2, 4; Jos., Ant. 3, 312; POxy 1855, 8; 10; 14 πάσχω ἀπόκρισιν of favorable information) τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῆ; have you had such remarkable experiences in vain? Gal 3:4 (Procop. Soph., Ep. 18 τοσοῦτον παθών; Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 112 τὸ αὐτὸ πάσχει=he experiences the same thing.—Differently Zahn et al.; in their opinion this pass. belongs to 3b below; in support of their view s. τοσαῦτα παθών Ep. 56 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 359, 16], but the assoc. w. ἐπιχορηγέω Gal 3:5 suggests receipt of beneficence).—On probability of wordplay (παθεῖν … μαθεῖν) s. Betz, Gal. 134.② Likew. there is only one place in which π. has a neutral mng. Even here the addition of κακῶς gives it an unfavorable connotation: κακῶς πάσχειν be badly off, in an evil plight (Hom et al.; Hdt. 3, 146 et al.; Wsd 18:19; JosAs 7:4; 24:1; Philo, In Flacc. 124, Spec. Leg. 4, 3) Mt 17:15 (v.l. ἔχει).③ In all other places, as always in LXX, in an unfavorable sense suffer, endure.ⓐ sufferα. abs. (also in the sense suffer death, be killed, [have to] die: Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 70 §321; 3, 87 §359; Arrian, Anab. 6, 10, 3; Paroem. Gr.: Zenob. 4, 60 the crow ἔπαθε from the scorpion’s poison; Herodian 1, 17, 7; Just., D. 52, 3; Mel., P. 8, 65; sim. Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 17 G-B.[=D.3] ἤν τι πάθῃ=‘if he fell’; Demosth. 4, 11f; Straton of Lamps., Fgm. 10 [in Diog. L. 5, 61] ἐάν τι πάσχω=‘if anything happens to me’; Diod S 13, 98, 2; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 8, 3; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 238; Jos., Ant. 15, 65; 18, 352; CB I/2, 391 no. 254; Iren. 1, 3, 3 [Harv. I, 27, 1]) πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν before I suffer Lk 22:15. Cp. 24:46; Ac 1:3; 3:18; 17:3; 1 Cor 12:26; Hb 2:18 (on ἐν ᾧ s. ἐν 7); 9:26; 1 Pt 2:20, 23; 3:17; B 7:2a; Hs 8, 10, 4. The expr. γῆ πάσχουσα B 6:9 seems to transfer the philosoph. concept of suffering matter to the γῆ (Hefele, Hilgenfeld, Veil): earth capable of suffering (Goodsp.), earth capable of being molded into a human being (Kleist, note ad loc.).β. w. additions: ὑπό τινος at the hands of someone denotes the one who caused the suffering (Antiphon Orat., Fgm. 34; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 134 D.; PAmh 78, 4; Jos., Bell. 5, 19, Ant. 10, 92; Mel., P. 75, 546ff; B-D-F §315) Mt 17:12 (s. also b below). Also ὑπὸ χειρός τινος B 5:5b (cp. Mel., Fgm. 7 ὑπὸ δεξιᾶ Ἰσραηλίτιδος). ὑπέρ τινος for someone or someth. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 15 §63 π. ὑπέρ τινος=suffer for someone; Just., D. 121, 2 ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ἀρνεῖσθαι αὐτόν as military metaphor: EKrentz, in Origins and Method, JHurd Festschr. ’93, 126) Phil 1:29; 2 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 2:21 (περί τινος v.l.), ὑπὲρ τ. ὀνόματος τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 28, 2a. ὑπὲρ τοῦ νόμου 8, 3, 6. ὑπὲρ τῆς σωτηρίας, ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτωλῶν MPol 17:2. ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν ISm 7:1. Also περί τινος (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 29 p. 415, 29 Jac. περὶ τῶν διαδόχων αὐτοῦ ἅπαν … παθεῖν) περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Pt 3:18 (v.l. ἀπέθανεν). περι τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν B 5:5a. διά w. acc. for the sake of: διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 Pt 3:14. διὰ τὸ ὄνομα (αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 3. διʼ ἡμᾶς B 7:2b. διὰ τὸν θεόν Hs 9, 28, 6a. εἵνεκα or ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματος v 3, 1, 9; 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 5; 6b. κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Pt 4:19. ἔξω τῆς πύλης Hb 13:12. ἐπὶ ξύλου on the tree B 5:13b.—Used w. an instrumental (?) dat.: αἰκίαις καὶ βασάνοις π. 1 Cl 6:1 v.l. πολλαῖς πράξεσι Hs 6, 3, 4. W. dat. to denote manner (B-D-F §198) π. σαρκί suffer in the body 1 Pt 4:1ab (in b v.l. ἐν σαρκί).—Used w. an adverb: ἀδίκως 1 Pt 2:19. ἀληθῶς ISm 2b. δικαίως (TestSim 4:3; Just., D. 110, 6) Hs 6, 3, 6a. ἡδέως 8, 10, 4. προθύμως 9, 28, 2b and 4. οὕτω GPt 4:13; B 5:13a. ὀλίγον (s. ὀλίγος 2bβ) 1 Pt 5:10. τὸ δοκεῖν (δοκέω 2aα) in semblance, seemingly ITr 10; ISm 2c.—ὡς φονεύς undergo punishment (cp. SIG 1016, 7 π. ὡς ἱερόσυλος) as a murderer 1 Pt 4:15.ⓑ endure, undergo τί someth. (Orig., C. Cels. 7, 13, 7; π. καταστροφήν; Did., Gen. 232, 11; Theoph. Ant. 2, 23 [p. 156, 6]) παθήματα π. endure sufferings 2 Cor 1:6 (ὧν by attraction of the rel. fr. ἅ; sim. Iren. 1, 8, 2 [Harv. I 70, 4]). αἰκίσματα 1 Cl 6:2. πολλὰ π. (Jos., Ant. 13, 268; 403) Mt 27:19; Mk 8:31; 9:12; Lk 9:22 (s. further below); 17:25; B 7:11; AcPl Ha 8, 19. τὰ ὅμοιά τινι the same things as someone Ox 840, 3. οὐδὲν κακόν suffer no harm Ac 28:5. οὐδὲν τῶν πονηρῶν Hs 6, 3, 6b. ὡς οὐδὲν πεπονθώς as if nothing had happened to him MPol 8:3 (cp. TestJob 47:7 ὡς οὐδὲν ὅλως πεπονθώς). ταῦτα Lk 13:2; 24:26; 2 Ti 1:12; 1 Cl 45:5. τί παθεῖται; what will he have to endure? 2 Cl 7:5 (πάσχειν τι=endure punishment, as Pla., Leg. 10, 1, 885ab). μὴ φοβοῦ ἃ μελλεις πάσχειν do not be afraid of what you are about to undergo Rv 2:10. W. attraction ἔμαθεν ἀφʼ ὧν ἔπαθεν τὴν ὑπακοήν= ἔμαθεν τὴν ὑπακοὴν ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ ἔπαθεν he learned obedience from what he endured (i.e. despite his being God’s son, Jesus experienced suffering as the medium for exhibiting the ultimate extent of his obedience) Hb 5:8 (for the consonance or wordplay s. the reff. cited s.v. μανθάνω 3). π. τι ὑπό τινος endure someth. at someone’s hands (X., Hiero 7, 8, Symp. 1, 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 209; 12, 401; s. 3aβ above) Mk 5:26; 1 Th 2:14; B 7:5. Also π. τι ἀπό τινος (Dio Chrys. 67 [17], 11; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 4; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 27, 5) Mt 16:21; perh. Lk 9:22. π. τι ἕνεκά τινος endure someth. for someone’s sake 2 Cl 1:2. Also π. τι διά τινα ISm 2a (Just., D. 117, 3; Mel., P. 59, 435). ὅσα δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου παθεῖν Ac 9:16 (π. τι ὑπέρ τινος as Jos., Ant. 13, 199).—WWichmann, D. Leidenstheologie, e. Form der Leidensdeutung im Spätjudentum 1930; HVondran, D. Leidensgedanke im Spiegel d. Selbstbewusstseins Jesu: NKZ 43, ’32, 257–75; RLiechtenhan, D. Überwindung d. Leidens b. Pls. u. in d. zeitgen. Stoa: ZTK n.s. 3, 1922, 368–99; WMichaelis, Herkunft u. Bed. des Ausdrucks ‘Leiden u. Sterben J. Chr.’ ’45; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré, ’47, 314–17 (Le Messie Souffrant …); ELohse, Märtyrer u. Gottesknecht (Sühntod Jesu Christi), ’55; EGüttgemanns, D. leidende Apostel, ’66.—K Schelkle, Die Passion Jesu etc., ’49; JGreen, The Death of Jesus ’88; RBrown, The Death of the Messiah, 2 vols. ’94; ACollins, From Noble Death to Crucified Messiah, NTS 40, ’94, 481–503; on alleged anti-Judaism in Luke’s passion narrative, s. HMerkel, NTS 40, ’94, 394–95 (lit.).—Schmidt, Syn. I 424–441. DELG. M-M. EDNT. DLNT. TW. Sv. -
95 πρεσβύτερος
πρεσβύτερος, α, ον (Hom.+; comp. of πρέσβυς)① pert. to being relatively advanced in age, older, oldⓐ of an individual person older of two ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρ. (cp. Aelian, VH 9, 42; TestJob 15:2 τῷ ἀδελφῷ τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ; JosAs; Just., A II, 6, 1) Lk 15:25; of Manasseh (w. Ephraim) B 13:5. In contrast to the younger generation οἱ πρεσβύτεροι the older ones J 8:9. Opp. οἱ νεανίσκοι Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1). Opp. νεώτεροι (s. νεός 3aβ) 1 Ti 5:1 (similar advice, containing a contrast betw. πρ. and νεώτ., from ins and lit. in MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.); 1 Pt 5:5 (though here the πρεσβύτεροι are not only the older people, but at the same time, the ‘elders’; s. 2bβ). The same double mng. is found for πρεσβύτεροι in 1 Cl 1:3 beside νέοι, while in 3:3; 21:6, beside the same word, the concept of being old is the dominant one (as Jos., C. Ap. 2, 206). On the disputed pass. Hv 3, 1, 8 (οἱ νεανίσκοι … οἱ πρεσβύτεροι) cp. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.—Fem. πρεσβυτέρα old(er) woman (opp. νεωτέρα, as Gen 19:31) 1 Ti 5:2.—With no ref. to younger persons, w. complete disappearance of the comparative aspect: πρεσβύτερος an old man (Jos., Ant. 13, 226; 292 [as a witness of events in the past, as Ps.-Pla., Virt. 3, 377b; 4, 377c]) Hv 3, 12, 2; cp. 3, 11, 3. The personified church is called λίαν πρεσβυτέρα very old 3, 10, 3; cp. 3, 11, 2. She appears as ἡ πρ. the elderly woman 2, 1, 3; 3, 1, 2; 3, 10, 6; 9 and has τὰς τρίχας πρεσβυτέρας the hair of an old woman 3, 10, 4; 5; 3, 12, 1.ⓑ of a period of time (Petosiris, Fgm. 3 and 4 mention οἱ πρεσβύτεροι and οἱ νεώτεροι. In both instances the context shows that the reference is to astrologers from earlier and more recent times) οἱ πρεσβύτεροι the men of old, our ancestors Hb 11:2. ἡ παράδοσις τῶν πρεσβυτέρων the tradition of the ancients (cp. Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 35, 253 τῶν π. συγγράμματα) Mt 15:2; Mk 7:3, 5 (ELohse, D. Ordination im Spätjudentum u. NT, ’51, 50–56: scholars).② an official (cp. Lat. senator), elder, presbyterⓐ among the Jews (the congregation of a synagogue in Jerusalem used πρεσβύτεροι to denote its officers before 70 A.D.: SEG VIII, 170, 9; cp. Dssm., LO 378–80 [LAE 439–41]).α. for members of local councils in individual cities (cp. Josh 20:4; Ruth 4:2; 2 Esdr 10:14; Jdth 8:10; 10:6) Lk 7:3; 1 Cl 55:4.—Schürer II, 185.β. for members of a group in the Sanhedrin (Schürer II, 206–8; JJeremias, Jerusalem z. Zt. Jesu II B 1: Die gesellschaftl. Oberschicht 1929, 88ff). They are mentioned together w. (the) other groups: ἀρχιερεῖς (Ac 4:5 has ἄρχοντες for this), γραμματεῖς, πρεσβύτεροι (the order is not always the same) Mt 16:21; 26:3 v.l.; 27:41; Mk 8:31; 11:27; 14:43, 53; 15:1; Lk 9:22; 20:1.—Only ἀρχιερεῖς (Ac 4:8 has for this ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ) and πρεσβύτεροι (τοῦ λαοῦ: cp. Ex 19:7; Num 11:16b, 24; 1 Macc 7:33; 12:35; Just., D. 40, 4 al.) Mt 21:23; 26:3, 47, 59 v.l.; 27:1, 3, 12, 20; 28:(11), 12; Lk 22:52 (here, as an exception, οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ); Ac 4:23; 23:14; 25:15; cp. 24:1. Also οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς GPt 7:25 (for this combination cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 83; 12, 406).—Only πρεσβύτεροι and γραμματεῖς Mt 26:57; Ac 6:12.—The use of πρεσβύτερος as a title among the Jews of the Diaspora appears quite late, except for the allusions in the LXX (cp. Schürer III/1, 102; MAMA III [Cilicia], 344; 448 [cp. ZNW 31, ’32, 313f]. Whether πρεσβύτερος is to be understood in the older Roman inscriptions [CIJ 378] as a title [so CIJ p. lxxxvi], remains doubtful).ⓑ among the Christians (for their use of the word as a title one must bear in mind not only the Jewish custom, but also its use as a t.t. among the ἔθνη, in connection w. associations of the ‘old ones’ [FPoland, Geschichte des griech. Vereinswesens 1909, 98ff] and to designate civic as well as religious officials [Dssm., B 153ff=BS 154–57, NB 60ff=BS 233–35, also LO 315, 5; HHausschildt, ZNW 4, 1903, 235ff; MStrack, ibid. 213ff; HLietzmann, ZWT 55, 1914, 116–32 [=Kl. Schr. I ’58, 156–69]; MDibelius, exc. on 1 Ti 5:17ff; RAlastair-Campbell, The Elders, Seniority within Earliest Christianity ’94.].—BGU 16, 6 [159 A.D.] πρεσβύτεροι ἱερεῖς θεοῦ Σοκνοπαίου; 347, 6; PVindBosw 1, 31 [87 A.D.].—As honorary title: Iren. 4, 26, 5 [Harv. II 238, 3]. The Engl. word ‘priest’ comes fr. πρεσβύτερος via Lat. presbyter; later Christian usage is largely, if not entirely, responsible for this development; s. OED s.v. ‘priest’ B).α. Ac 11:30; 14:23; 15:2, 4, 6, 22f; 16:4 (in all the places in Ac 15 and 16 mention is made of οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι in the Jerusalem church); 20:17; 21:18; 1 Ti 5:17, 19 (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 103a Jac. νεωτέρῳ πρεσβυτέρου καταμαρτυρεῖν οὐκ ἔξεστι); Tit 1:5; Js 5:14; 1 Pt 5:1, 5 (s. 1a above); 1 Cl 44:5; 47:6; 54:2; 57:1. WWrede, Untersuchungen zum 1 Cl 1891, 8ff.—Acc. to 2 Cl 17:3, 5 exhortation and preaching in the church services were among their duties.—In Ign. the πρεσβύτεροι come after the bishop, to whom they are subordinate IMg 2; 3:1; 6:1, or betw. the bishop and the deacons IPhld inscr.; 10:2; IPol 6:1, or the higher rank of the bishop in comparison to them is made plain in some other way ITr 3:1; 12:2 (s. πρεσβυτέριον b; cp. Hippol., Ref. 9, 12, 22).—Polycarp—an ἐπίσκοπος, accord. to the title of the Ep. bearing his name—groups himself w. πρεσβύτεροι in Pol inscr., and further takes the presence of presbyters in Philippi for granted (beside deacons, though no ἐπίσκοπος is mentioned; cp. Hdb. on Pol inscr.) Pol 5:3.β. Just how we are to understand the words ὁ πρεσβύτερος, applied to himself by the author of the two smallest Johannine letters 2J 1; 3J 1, remains in doubt. But in any case it is meant to indicate a position of great dignity the elder.—HWindisch, exc. on 3J, end; ESchwartz, Über den Tod der Söhne Zebedaei 1904, 47; 51; HWendt, ZNW 23, 1924, 19; EKäsemann, ZTK 48, ’51, 292–311; DWatson, NTS 35, ’89, 104–30, rhetorical analysis of 2J.—ὁ πρ. and οἱ πρ. are mentioned by Papias in these much-discussed passages: 2:3, 4, 5, 7, 14, 15. For some of the lit. s. the note on JKleist’s transl. ’48, p. 207 n. 18.γ. In Rv there are 24 elders sitting on thrones about the throne of God; they form a heavenly council of elders (cp. Is 24:23) 4:4, 10; 5:5–14; 7:11, 13; 11:16; 14:3; 19:4. The elders have been understood as glorified human beings of some kind or astral deities (or angels) (for the var. views s. RCharles, ICC Rv I 128–33; JMichl, D. 24 Ältesten in d. Apk. d. hl. J. ’38); the number 24 has been referred to the following: the 24 priestly classes of the Jews (1 Ch 24:7–18; Jos., Ant. 7, 365–67) whose heads were called ‘elders’ (Yoma 1, 5; Tamid 1, 1; Middoth 1, 8); the 24 stars which, according to Babylonian belief, stood half on the north and half on the south of the zodiac (Diod S 2, 31, 4; POsl 4, 19: HGunkel, Z. religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 42f; Boll 35f); the 24 hours of the day, represented as old men w. shining garments and w. crowns (acc. to the Test. of Adam [ed. CBezold, TNöldeke Festschr. 1906, 893–912]: JWellhausen, Analyse der Offb. Joh. 1907, p. 9, 1; NMorosof, Offb. Joh. 1912, 32); the 24 Yazatas in the state of the gods in heaven, acc. to Persian thought (Bousset). It is certainly an open question whether, or how far, the writer of Rv had any of these things in mind.—On the presbyters, and esp. on the question how ἐπίσκοπος and πρεσβύτερος were originally related to each other (a question which is raised particularly in the pastorals; cp. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. after 1 Ti 3:7 section 2 [w. lit.] and before 5:17), s. the lit. s.v. ἐπίσκοπος.—BEaston, Pastoral Epistles ’47, 188–97; WMichaelis, Das Ältestenamt ’53; GBornkamm, πρεσβύτερος; RCampbell, The Elders ’94.—B. 1472. DELG s.v. πρέσβυς. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
96 πρόσωπον
πρόσωπον, ου, τό (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.).ⓐ lit. face, countenance Mt 6:16f; 17:2; Mk 14:65; Lk 9:29 (s. εἶδος 1); Ac 6:15ab (Chariton 2, 2, 2 θαυμάζουσαι τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς θεῖον; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 80 Πρόκλος ἐθαύμαζε τὸ Ἰσιδώρου πρόσωπον, ὡς ἔνθεον ἦν; Marinus, Vi. Procli 23); 2 Cor 3:7 twice, 13 (JMorgenstern, Moses with the Shining Face: HUCA 2, 1925, 1–28); cp. vs. 18; 4:6; but in the last two passages there is a transition from the face of Moses to a symbolic use of πρ. (s. 1bβג below); Rv 4:7; 9:7ab; 10:1; IEph 15:3 (cp. 1bβו); MPol 12:1; Hv 3, 10, 1; B 5:14; GJs 17:2; 18:2 (codd.). ἐμβριθεῖ τῷ πρ. MPol 9:2 (s. ἐμβριθής). ποίῳ προσώπῳ GJs 13:1b. πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ the face he was born with Js 1:23 (γένεσις 2a). ἐμπτύειν εἰς τὸ πρ. τινος spit in someone’s face (s. ἐμπτύω) Mt 26:67. εἰς πρ. δέρειν τινά strike someone in the face 2 Cor 11:20. τύπτειν τὸ πρ. GJs 13:1a. συνέπεσεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ his face fell or became distorted 1 Cl 4:3; cp. vs. 4 (Gen 4:6 and 5; JosAs 13:8). πίπτειν ἐπὶ (τὸ; the art. is usu. lacking; B-D-F §255, 4; 259, 1; cp. Rob. 792) πρ. αὐτοῦ fall on one’s face as a sign of devotion (=נָפַל עַל פָּנָיו; cp. Gen 17:3; Ruth 2:10; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 16 [Stone p. 20]; JosAs 14:4 al.; ApcSed 14:2) Mt 17:6; 26:39; Rv 7:11; 11:16. Without αὐτοῦ (Gen 17:17; Num 14:5; Jos., Ant. 10, 11) Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25.ⓑ personal presence or relational circumstance, fig.α. in all kinds of imagery which, in large part, represent OT usage, and in which the face is oft. to be taken as the seat of the faculty of seeing. Βλέπειν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον to see face to face 1 Cor 13:12 (cp. Gen 32:31 [Jos., Ant. 1, 334 θεοῦ πρόσωπον]; Judg 6:22. See HRiesenfeld, ConNeot 5, ’41, 19; 21f [abstracts of four articles]). κλίνειν τὸ πρ. εἰς τὴν γῆν Lk 24:5 (κλίνω 1). πρ. κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά 1 Pt 3:12; 1 Cl 22:6 (both Ps 33:17). ἐπίφανον τὸ πρ. σου ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς (ἐπιφαίνω 1) 60:3 (s. Num 6:25). ἐμφανισθῆναι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ (ἐμφανίζω 1) Hb 9:24. βλέπειν τὸ πρ. τινος, i.e. of God (βλέπω 1a, ὁράω A1c and s. JBoehmer, Gottes Angesicht: BFCT 12, 1908, 321–47; EGulin, D. Antlitz Jahwes im AT: Annal. Acad. Scient. Fenn. 17, 3, 1923; FNötscher, ‘Das Anges. Gottes schauen’ nach bibl. u. babylon. Auffassung 1924) Mt 18:10; cp. Rv 22:4. ὁρᾶν, ἰδεῖν or θεωρεῖν τὸ πρ. τινος see someone’s face, i.e. see someone (present) in person (UPZ 70, 5 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἄν με ἶδες τὸ πρόσωπον. See Gen 32:21; 43:3, 5; 46:30 al.) Ac 20:25, 38; 1 Th 2:17b; 3:10; IRo 1:1; s. IPol 1:1. τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί Col 2:1. τῷ προσώπῳ ἀγνοούμενος unknown by face, i.e. personally Gal 1:22 (ἀγνοέω 1b). ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφʼ ὑμῶν προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ (dat. of specification) orphaned by separation from you in person, not in heart (or outwardly, not inwardly) 1 Th 2:17a. ἐκζητεῖν τὰ πρόσωπα τῶν ἁγίων (ἐκζητέω 1) B 19:10; D 4:2. ἀποστρέφειν τὸ πρ. ἀπό τινος (ἀποστρέφω 1) 1 Cl 18:9 (Ps 50:11); 16:3 (Is 53:3). στερεῖν τοῦ προσώπου τινός B 13:4 (Gen 48:11).—τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν (s. στηρίζω 2 and cp. SAntoniades, Neotestamentica: Neophilologus 14, 1929, 129–35) Lk 9:51. τὸ πρ. αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ his face was set toward Jerusalem vs. 53 (cp. 2 Km 17:11).—θαυμάζειν πρόσωπον flatter Jd 16 (PsSol 2:18; s. also θαυμάζω 1bα). λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον (=נָשָׂא פָנִים; cp. Sir 4:22; 35:13; 1 Esdr 4:39; s. Thackeray p. 43f; B-D-F p. 3, note 5; Rob. 94) show partiality or favoritism Lk 20:21; B 19:4; D 4:3. λαμβ. πρόσωπόν τινος (cp. Mal 1:8) Gal 2:6. S. PKatz, Kratylos 5, ’60, 161.β. governed by prepositions, in usages where πρ. in many cases requires a dynamic equivalentא. ἀπὸ προσώπου τινός from the presence of someone (JosAs 28:10; Just., A I, 36, 1; s. Vi. Aesopi W 104 v.l. p. 188 last line P. ἐπιστολὴ ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Αἰσώπου) Ac 3:20; (away) from someone or someth. (Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 9 Jac. φυγεῖν ἀπὸ προσώπου Κύρου; LXX; PsSol 4:8 al.; Herodas 8, 59 ἔρρʼ ἐκ προσώπου=get out of my sight; TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 11 [Stone p. 4] ἐκ προσώπου: here because of the compound ἐξέρχομαι) 5:41; 7:45; 2 Th 1:9; Rv 6:16 (Is 2:10, 19, 21); 12:14; 20:11 (cp. Ex 14:25; Josh 10:11; Sir 21:2; 1 Macc 5:34 and oft.) 1 Cl 4:8 (s. ἀποδιδράσκω), 10 (s. the passages cited for Rv 20:11 above); 18:11 (Ps 50:13; ἀπο[ρ]ρίπτω 2); 28:3 (Ps 138:7).ב. εἰς πρόσωπον: (Aesop, Fab. 302 P.= εἰς Ζηνὸς πρόσωπον ἔρχεσθαι=before the face of Zeus) εἰς πρόσωπον τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν before (lit. ‘in the face of’) the congregations 2 Cor 8:24. τὰ φαινόμενά σου εἰς πρόσωπον what meets your eye, i.e. the visible world IPol 2:2. βλέπειν εἰς πρόσωπόν τινος Mt 22:16; Mk 12:14 (s. βλέπω 4). To one’s face i.e. when present Hv 3, 6, 3 cj. (cp. POxy 903, 2; BGU 909, 12).ג. ἐν προσώπῳ (Maximus Tyr. 38, 1a) ἐν προσώπῳ Χριστοῦ before the face of Christ that looks down with approval 2 Cor 2:10 (cp. Pr 8:30; Sir 35:4), or as the representative of Christ (REB); difft. 4:6 on the face of Christ (s. 1a above).ד. κατὰ πρόσωπον face to face, (present) in person (Polyb. 24, 15, 2; Diod S 19, 46, 2; Plut., Caesar 716 [17, 8]; IMagnMai 93b, 11; IPriene 41, 6; OGI 441, 66 [81 B.C.]; PLond II, 479, 6 p. 256 [III A.D.?]; POxy 1071, 1) B 15:1. (Opp. ἀπών) 2 Cor 10:1. Παῦλος, ὸ̔ς γενόμενος ἐν ὑμῖν κατὰ πρόσωπον Pol 3:2. πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους before the accused meets his accusers face to face Ac 25:16, κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην I opposed him to his face Gal 2:11 (cp. Diod S 40, 5a of an accusation κατὰ πρόσωπον; 2 Macc 7:6; Jos., Ant. 5, 46; 13, 278).—κατὰ πρόσωπον with partiality, in favoritism B 19:7; D 4:10.—τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον what is before your eyes 2 Cor 10:7.—Used w. the gen. like a prep. (PPetr III, 1 II, 8 κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ ἱεροῦ; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 144; 9, 8) κατὰ πρ. τινος before or in the presence of someone (Jos., Ant. 11, 235) Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13; 16:9 D; 1 Cl 35:10 (Ps. 49:21).ה. μετὰ προσώπου: πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11); μετά A 2γ ג.ו. πρὸ προσώπου τινός (LXX; TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 4 [Stone p. 30] πρὸ προσώπου τῆς τραπέζης; GrBar 1:4; s. Johannessohn, Präp. 184–86) before someone Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27 (on all three cp. Mal 3:1).—Lk 1:76 v.l. (s. Ex 32:34); 9:52 (s. Ex 23:20); 10:1; 1 Cl 34:3 (s. Is 62:11). IEph 15:3 (cp. 1a).—πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ Ac 13:24 (εἴσοδος 2).② entire bodily presence, person (Polyb. 5, 107, 3; 8, 13, 5; 12, 27, 10; 27, 7, 4; Diod S 37, 12, 1; Plut., Mor. 509b; Epict. 1, 2, 7; Vett. Val. s. index; Just., A I, 36, 2; POxy 1672, 4 [37–41 A.D.] ξένοις προσώποις=to strangers; 237 VII, 34; PRyl 28, 88. Cp. Phryn. p. 379 Lob., also Lob.’s comment p. 380; KPraechter, Philol 63, 1904, 155f) ὀλίγα πρόσωπα a few persons 1 Cl 1:1; ἓν ἢ δύο πρ. 47:6. τὰ προγεγραμμένα πρ. the persons mentioned above IMg 6:1. Here is surely also the place for ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων by many (persons) 2 Cor 1:11 (from Luther to NRSV et al.; ‘face’ is preferred by Heinrici, Plummer et al.—With this expr. cp. Diod S 15, 38, 4 ἐκ τρίτου προσώπου=[claims were raised] by a third ‘party’, i.e. Thebes, against Sparta and Athens).③ the outer surface of someth., face= surface πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς (Gen 2:6; 7:23; 11:4, 8 al.) Lk 21:35; Ac 17:26; B 11:7 (Ps 1:4); and 6:9 prob. belongs here also.④ that which is present in a certain form or character to a viewer, external things, appearance opp. καρδία (1 Km 16:7) 2 Cor 5:12. πρόσωπον εἰρήνης (opp. πονηρίαι … ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις) Hv 3, 6, 3. ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ (i.e. of grass and flowers) Js 1:11. Of the appearance of the sky Mt 16:3; cp. Lk 12:56 (s. Ps 103:30).—SSchlossmann, Persona u. Πρόσωπον im röm. Recht u. christl. Dogma 1906; RHirzel, Die Person; Begriff u. Name derselben im Altertum: SBBayAk 1914, Heft 10; HRheinfelder, Das Wort ‘Persona’; Gesch. seiner Bed. 1928; FAltheim, Persona: ARW 27, 1929, 35–52; RAC I 437–40; BHHW I 93f. B. 216.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
97 σῶμα
σῶμα, ατος, τό (Hom.+) ‘body.’① body of a human being or animal, bodyⓐ dead body, corpse (so always in Hom. [but s. HHerter, σῶμα bei Homer: Charites, Studien zur Altertumswissenschaft, ELanglotz Festschr., ed. KvonSchauenburg ’57, 206–17] and oft. later, e.g. Memnon: 434 Fgm. 1, 3, 3 Jac. καίειν τὸ ς.=burn the corpse; ins, pap, LXX; PsSol 2:27; TestJob 52:11; ApcMos 34 al.; Philo, Abr. 258; Jos., Bell. 6, 276, Ant. 18, 236; Ar. 4, 3; Mel., P. 28, 196) Mt 14:12 v.l.; 27:59; Mk 15:45 v.l.; Lk 17:37; Ac 9:40; GPt 2:4; pl. J 19:31. W. gen. Mt 27:58; Mk 15:43; Lk 23:52, 55; 24:3, 23; J 19:38ab, 40; 20:12; Jd 9; GPt 2:3. Pl. Mt 27:52; Hb 13:11. AcPlCor 2:27.ⓑ the living body (Hes. et al.) of animals Js 3:3.—Mostly of human beings Mt 5:29f; 6:22f; 26:12; Mk 5:29; 14:8; Lk 11:34abc; J 2:21; Ro 1:24; 1 Cor 6:18ab; IRo 5:3. τὰ τοῦ σώματος the parts of the body 4:2. Of women αἱ ἀσθενεῖς τῷ σώματι 1 Cl 6:2; cp. Hv 3, 11, 4.—W. and in contrast to πνεῦμα (4 Macc 11:11) Ro 8:10, 13; 1 Cor 5:3; 7:34; Js 2:26. W. and in contrast to ψυχή (Pla., Gorg. 47, 493a; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 30; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 112 §467; Ael. Aristid. 45, 17f K.=8 p. 88f D.; Lucian, Imag. 23; PGM 7, 589; Wsd 1:4; 8:19f; 2 Macc 7:37; 14:38; 4 Macc 1:28; ApcEsdr 7:3 p. 32, 13 Tdf.; EpArist 139; Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 372–78; 6, 55; Just., A I, 8, 4; D. 6, 2 al.; Tat. 13, 1; Ath. 1, 4; Did., Gen. 56, 4; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 2]) Mt 6:25ab; 10:28ab; Lk 12:4 v.l., 22f; 2 Cl 5:4 (a saying of Jesus, fr. an unknown source); 12:4; MPol 14:2; AcPl Ha 1, 4. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα (s. the Christian POxy 1161, 6 [IV A.D.]) 1 Th 5:23. W. and in contrast to its parts (ApcSed 11:13; Mel., P. 78, 563) Ro 12:4; 1 Cor 12:12abc (Ltzm. ad loc.), 14–20 (PMich 149, 4, 26 [II A.D.] ἧπαρ … ὅλον τὸ σῶμα); Js 3:6; 1 Cl 37:5abcd. The body as the seat of sexual function Ro 4:19; 1 Cor 7:4ab (rights over the σῶμα of one’s spouse as Artem. 1, 44 p. 42, 14f; Iren. 1, 13, 3 [Harv. I 119, 10]).—The body as seat of mortal life εἶναι ἐν σώματι be in the body = alive, subject to mortal ills (TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 3 [Stone p. 22]; Poryphr., Abst. 1, 38) Hb 13:3. ἐνδημεῖν ἐν τῷ σώματι 2 Cor 5:6 (s. ἐνδημέω). ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος vs. 8 (s. ἐκδημέω). διὰ τοῦ σώματος during the time of one’s mortal life (cp. Lucian, Menipp. 11, end, Catapl. 23) vs. 10 (s. κομίζω 3, but s. also below in this section). Paul does not know whether, in a moment of religious ecstasy, he was ἐν σώματι or ἐκτὸς (χωρὶς) τοῦ σώματος 12:2f (of Epimenides [A2: Vorsokrat.5 I p. 29] it was said ὡς ἐξίοι ἡ ψυχὴ ὁπόσον ἤθελε καιρὸν καὶ πάλιν εἰσῄει ἐν τῷ σώματι; Clearchus, Fgm. 7: καθάπερ ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐν τοῖς περὶ ὕπνου φησίν, περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς ἄρα χωρίζεται τοῦ σώματος καὶ ὡς εἴσεισιν εἰς τὸ σῶμα καὶ ὡς χρῆται αὐτῷ οἷον καταγωγίῳ [a resting-place]. In Fgm. 8 Clearchus tells about Cleonymus the Athenian, who seemed to be dead, but awakened after 3 days and thereupon reported everything that he had seen and heard ἐπειδὴ χωρὶς ἦν τοῦ σώματος. His soul is said finally to have arrived εἴς τινα χῶρον ἱερὸν τῆς Ἑστίας; Maximus Tyr. 38, 3a–f Ἀριστέας ἔφασκεν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτῷ καταλιποῦσαν τὸ σῶμα in order to wander through the universe. He finds faith everywhere. Similarly 10, 2f. See also the story of Hermotimus in Apollon. Paradox. 3 as well as Lucian, Musc. Enc. [The Fly] 7.—On the two kinds of transcendent vision [with or without the body] s. Proclus, In Pla. Rem Publ. II p. 121, 26ff Kroll: οἱ μὲν μετὰ τοῦ σώματος τῶν τοιούτων [like Ἐμπεδότιμος] ἵστορες [=eyewitnesses], οἱ δὲ ἄνευ σώματος [like Κλεώνυμος]. καὶ πλήρεις αἱ παραδόσεις τούτων.). ἀπὼν τῷ σώματι (παρὼν δὲ τῷ πνεύματι) 1 Cor 5:3. ἡ παρουσία τοῦ σώματος 2 Cor 10:10 (παρουσία 1). The body is the instrument of human experience and suffering 4:10ab; Gal 6:17 (allusion AcPlCor 2, 35); Phil 1:20; the body is the organ of a person’s activity: δοξάσατε τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν glorify God through your body, i.e. by leading an upright life 1 Cor 6:20; cp. Ro 12:1. This may be the place (s. above in this section) for διὰ τοῦ σώματος 2 Cor 5:10 which, in that case, would be taken in an instrumental sense with or through the body (cp. Pla., Phd. 65a; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 13, 371c; Aelian, NA 5, 26 τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος πραττόμενα). In some of the last-named passages (such as Ro 12:1; Phil 1:20; also Eph 5:28 w. parallel in Plut., Mor. 142e: s. HAlmqvist, Plut. u. d. NT ’46, 116f) the body is almost synonymous w. the whole personality (as Aeschin., Or. 2, 58; X., An. 1, 9, 12 τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα=themselves. Appian, Syr. 41 §218 παρεδίδου τὸ σῶμα τοῖς ἐθέλουσιν ἀπαγαγεῖν=[Epaminondas] gave himself up to those who wished to take him away, Mithr. 27 §107 ἐς τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ=against his person, Bell. Civ. 2, 106 §442 Caesar’s person [σῶμα] is ἱερὸς καὶ ἄσυλος=sacred and inviolable; 3, 39 §157 ἔργον … σῶμα=course of action … person; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 55, 7 [III B.C.] ἑκάστου σώματος=for every person. See Wilcken’s note).—Because it is subject to sin and death, man’s mortal body as τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκός (σάρξ 2cα) Col 2:11 is a σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας Ro 6:6 or τοῦ θανάτου 7:24; cp. 8:11. In fact, σῶμα can actually take the place of σάρξ 8:13 (cp. Herm. Wr. 4, 6b ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸ σῶμα μισήσῃς, σεαυτὸν φιλῆσαι οὐ δύνασαι; 11, 21a.—Cp. Hippol., Ref. 5, 19, 6). As a σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως lowly body it stands in contrast to the σῶμα τῆς δόξης glorious body of the heavenly beings Phil 3:21. In another pass. σῶμα ψυχικόν of mortals is opposed to the σῶμα πνευματικόν after the resurrection 1 Cor 15:44abc.—Christ’s earthly body, which was subject to death (Orig., C. Cels. 2, 9, 13) Ro 7:4; Hb 10:5 (Ps 39:7 v.l.), 10; 1 Pt 2:24; AcPlCor 2:16f. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 2:32. τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ Col 1:22. Esp. in the language of the Eucharist (opp. αἷμα) Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19; 1 Cor 10:16 (GBornkamm, NTS 2, ’56, 202–6); 11:24, 27, 29. S. the lit. s.v. ἀγάπη 2 and εὐχαριστία 3, also JBonsirven, Biblica 29, ’48, 205–19.—ἓν σῶμα a single body 1 Cor 6:16 (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 66 Δαυίδης τήν τε ἄνω πόλιν κ. τὴν ἄκραν συνάψας ἐποίησεν ἕν σῶμα; Artem. 3, 66 p. 196, 9; RKempthorne, NTS 14. ’67/68, 568–74).② pl. σώματα slaves (Herodas 2, 87 δοῦλα σώματα; Polyb. et al.; oft. Vett. Val.; ins, pap; Gen 36:6; Tob 10:10; Bel 32; 2 Macc 8:11; Jos., Ant. 14, 321; cp. our colloq. ‘get some bodies for the job’) Rv 18:13 (cp. Ezk 27:13; the abs. usage rejected by Atticists, s. Phryn. 378 Lob.).③ plant and seed structure, body. In order to gain an answer to his own question in 1 Cor 15:35 ποίῳ σώματι ἔρχονται; (i.e. the dead after the resurrection), Paul speaks of bodies of plants (which are different in kind fr. the ‘body’ of the seed which is planted.—Maximus Tyr. 40, 60e makes a distinction betw. the σώματα of the plants, which grow old and pass away, and their σπέρματα, which endure.—σώματα of plants also in Apollon. Paradox. 7 [after Aristot.]) vs. 37f, and of σώματα ἐπουράνια of the heavenly bodies vs. 40 (cp. Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2, 2 the stars as σώματα θεῖα; Maximus Tyr. 21, 8b οὐρανὸς κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ σώματα, acc. to 11, 12a οἱ ἀστέρες; 40, 4h; Sallust. 9 p. 18, 5).④ substantive reality, the thing itself, the reality in imagery of a body that casts a shadow, in contrast to σκιά (q.v. 3) Col 2:17.⑤ a unified group of people, body fig. ext. of 1, of the Christian community or church (cp. Cyr. Ins. 58, ‘body of the Hellenes’; Polyaenus, Exc. 18, 4 of the phalanx; Libanius, Or. 1 p. 176, 25 F. τὸ τῆς πόλεως ς.; Plut., Philop. 360 [8, 2]), esp. as the body of Christ, which he fills or enlivens as its Spirit (in this case the head belongs with the body, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 26 §101, where a severed head is differentiated from τὸ ἄλλο σῶμα=the rest of the body), or crowns as its Head (Hdt. 7, 140; Quint. Smyrn. 11, 58; SIG 1169, 3; 15 κεφαλή w. σῶμα as someth. equally independent; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 79, 27): οἱ πολλοὶ ἓν σῶμά ἐσμεν ἐν Χριστῷ Ro 12:5. Cp. 1 Cor 10:17; 12:13, 27; Eph (s. Schlier s.v. ἐκκλησία 3c) 1:23; 2:16; 4:12, 16; 5:23, 30; Col 1:18, 24; 2:19; 3:15; ISm 1:2; Hs 9, 17, 5; 9, 18, 3f. ἓν σῶμα καὶ ἓν πνεῦμα Eph 4:4; cp. Hs 9, 13, 5; 7 (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 167: all as ἓν σῶμα κ. μία ψυχή; also Just., D. 42, 3) διέλκομεν τὰ μέλη τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ στασιάζομεν πρὸς τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἴδιον 1 Cl 46:7.—T Schmidt, Der Leib Christi (σῶμα Χριστοῦ) 1919; EKäsemann, Leib u. Leib Christi ’33 (for a critique s. SHanson, Unity of the Church in the NT ’46, 113–16); ÉMersch, Le Corps mystique du Christ2 ’36; AWikenhauser, D. Kirche als d. myst. Leib Christi, nach dem Ap. Pls2 ’40; EPercy, D. Leib Christi in d. paulin. Homologumena u. Antilegomena ’42; RHirzel, Die Person: SBMünAk 1914 H. 10 p. 6–28 (semantic history of σῶμα); WKnox, Parallels to the NT use of σῶμα: JTS 39, ’38, 243–46; FDillistone, How Is the Church Christ’s Body?: Theology Today 2, ’45/46, 56–68; WGoossens, L’Église corps de Christ d’après St. Paul2 ’49; CCraig, Soma Christou: The Joy of Study ’51, 73–85; JRobinson, The Body: A Study in Pauline Theol. ’52; RBultmann, Theol. of the NT, tr. KGrobel ’51, 192–203; HClavier, CHDodd Festschr. ’56, 342–62; CColpe, Zur Leib-Christi Vorstellung im Eph, ’60, 172–87; KGrobel, Bultmann Festschr. ’54, 52–59; HHegermann, TLZ 85, ’60, 839–42; ESchweizer, ibid. 86, ’61, 161–74; 241–56; JMeuzelaar, D. Leib des Messias, ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body, ’62; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 201–304; JZiegler, NovT 25, ’83, 133–45 (LXX); JDunn: JSNT Suppl. 100, ’94, 163–81 (Col.).—B. 198. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. -
98 φωνή
φωνή, ῆς, ἡ (s. prec. entry; Hom.+).① an auditory effect, sound, tone, noise the source of which is added in the gen.: of musical instruments (Pla., Rep. 3, 397a ὀργάνων; Eur., Tro. 127 συρίγγων; Plut., Mor. 713c ψαλτηρίου καὶ αὐλοῦ; Aristoxenus, Fgm. 6; Paus. Attic. α, 169; Ex 19:16, Is 18:3 and PsSol 8:1 σάλπιγγος; cp. ParJer 3:2; Is 24:8 κιθάρας; Aristobul. in Eus., PE 8, 10, 13=p. 144, 94f Holladay) σάλπιγγος Mt 24:31 v.l.; D 16:6. φωναὶ τῆς σάλπιγγος blasts of the trumpet Rv 8:13b; or of those who play them κιθαρῳδῶν 14:2d; 18:22a; cp. 10:7. Of the noise made by a millstone 18:22b. Of a shout produced by a crowd of people φωνὴ ὄχλου πολλοῦ 19:1, 6a (cp. Da 10:6 Theod.; also λαοῦ πολλοῦ PsSol 8:2). Of the sound caused by spoken words (Da 10:9; Just., D. 131, 2 μηδὲ μέχρι φωνῆς) ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου Lk 1:44. φωνὴ ῥημάτων sound of words Hb 12:19. Cp. 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:4). ἔσομαι φωνή I will be just a meaningless sound (in contrast to Ignatius functioning as a λόγος θεοῦ [=meaningful expression of God] if his adherents abstain from pleas in his behalf) IRo 2:1 (s. ἠχώ). Abs. of the sound made by a wail of sorrow (cp. TestJob 40:9; TestIss 1:4) Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15). μεγάλη φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ GPt 9:35.—Of musical instruments it is said that they φωνὴν διδόναι produce sound (in ref. to mere sonant capability in contrast to distinguishable notes) 1 Cor 14:7f.—In Rv we have ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί (cp. Ex 19:16) 4:5; 8:5; 11:19; 16:18 (are certain other sounds in nature thought of here in addition to thunder, as e.g. the roar of the storm? In Ex 19:16 φωναὶ κ. ἀστραπαί are surely thunder and lightning. But in Ex 9:23, 28; 1 Km 12:18 the mng. of φωναί remains unclear. Cp. also Esth 1:1d φωναί, βρονταί).—Freq. in imagery: of wind sound J 3:8; cp. Ac 2:6. Of thunderclap (1 Km 7:10; GrBar 6:13) Rv 6:1; 14:2c; 19:6c. Of roar of water (Ezk 1:24b) 1:15b; 14:2b; 19:6b. Of whirring of wings (Ezk 1:24a) 9:9a. Of the clatter of chariots 9:9 b (cp. Ezk 3:13; 26:10).② the faculty of utterance, voice (Tat. 15:3 προύχει τῶν θηρίων ὁ ἄνθρωπος κατὰ τὴν ἔναρθον φωνήν=humankind excels beasts in articulate utterance)ⓐ gener. of sonant aspect: any form of speech or other utterance w. the voice can take place μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης Lk 17:15; ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Rv 5:2; 14:7, 9; mostly φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 20f [Stone p. 12]; ParJer 2:2; Achilles Tat. 8, 1, 1; SibOr 3, 669; 5, 63) Mt 27:46, 50; Mk 1:26; 5:7; 15:34; Lk 1:42 v.l. (s. κραυγή 1b); 4:33; 8:28; 19:37; J 11:43; Ac 7:57, 60; 8:7; Rv 6:10; 7:2, 10 al.; IPhld 7:1a. μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῃ (Diod S 1, 70, 5; 8, 23, 3; Lucian, Hist. Conscr. 1, Tim. 9; ParJer 9:8; Jos., Bell. 6, 188) Ac 14:10 v.l. 26:24; ἐν ἰσχυρᾷ φωνῇ Rv 18:2. ἐν φωνῇ μιᾷ IEph 4:2; μιᾷ φ. (Pla., Laws 1, 634e; Diod S 11, 9, 3; 11, 26, 6; 19, 81, 2; Ael. Aristid. 24, 4 K.=44 p. 825 D.; Lucian, Nigr. 14) ApcPt 5:19.—αἴρειν φωνήν (αἴρω 1b) Lk 17:13; πρός τινα Ac 4:24. ἐπαίρειν φωνήν (ParJer 9:14; s. ἐπαίρω 1) Lk 11:27; Ac 2:14; 14:11; 22:22; AcPl Ha 6, 33. ἀκούειν τῆς φωνῆς τινος hear someone speaking or calling (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 10 [Stone p. 62]; TestJob 42:3; TestJos 9:4; ParJer 3:10) J 5:25, 28; 10:3; Hb 3:7, 15; 4:7 (the last three Ps 94:7); w. a neg. and acc. (φωνήν) Mt 12:19 (cp. Is 42:2); J 5:37. The same expr.=listen to someone’s speech or call, follow someone (Gen 3:17) 10:16, 27; 18:37; Rv 3:20; B 8:7; cp. 9:2 (s. Ex 15:26).—(ἡ) φωνὴ (τοῦ) νυμφίου (cp. Jer 25:10) J 3:29 (cp. Arrian, Cyneg. 17, 1 the dogs χαίρουσιν τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ δεσπότου γνωρίζουσαι); Rv 18:23.ⓑ voice as it varies from individual to individual or fr. one mood to another (X., An. 2, 6, 9; Gen 27:22; Tat. 5:2) ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ Πέτρου Ac 12:14. Cp. J 10:4f (s. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 320, horses). ἤθελον ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν μου Gal 4:20 (ἀλλάσσω 1; φωνή=tone: Diod. S 8, 5, 4 πᾶσαν φωνήν=every variation in tone; Artem. 4, 56 p. 235, 15).ⓒ that which the voice gives expression to: call, cry, outcry, loud or solemn declaration (Sb 7251, 21 [III/IV A.D.]=order, command) ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην Mk 15:37. φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία a single outcry arose Ac 19:34 (cp. Jos., Vi. 133). Cp. 22:14; 24:21. Pl. (Ael. Aristid. 52, 3 K.=28 p. 551 D.: ἦσαν φωναί; Jos., Vi. 231, Ant. 15, 52) φωναὶ μεγάλαι loud cries Lk 23:23a; cp. 23b. ἐλάλησαν αἱ βρονταὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν φωνάς the thunders sounded forth their crashing peals Rv 10:3b. θεοῦ φωνὴ (D φωναί) καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου (this is) the utterance of a god and not of a mere mortal Ac 12:22 (Just., D. 119, 6 τῇ φωνῇ τοῦ θεοῦ; cp. 21, 1 αἱ φωναὶ αὐτοῦ; Plut., Mor. 567f: a divine φωνή sounds forth fr. a φῶς μέγα that appears suddenly; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 11 D.: Πυθίας φωνή; Epict. 3, 23, 20 ἰδοὺ φωναὶ φιλοσόφου; 3, 22, 50; Biogr. p. 454 people received sayings of Hippocr. ὡς θεοῦ φωνὰς κ. οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνου προελθούσας ἐκ στόματος). φωνὴ ἐνεχθεῖσα αὐτῷ a declaration (was) borne to him 2 Pt 1:17; cp. vs. 18. Also of sayings in scripture αἱ φωναὶ τῶν προφητῶν Ac 13:27 (Ath. 9, 1; cp. Diod S 19, 1, 4 ἡ Σόλωνος φωνή; 20, 30, 2 τῆς τοῦ μάντεως [=τοῦ δαιμονίου] φωνῆς; Diog. L. 8, 14 sayings of Pythagoras). Of apostolic tradition τὰ παρὰ ζώσης φωνῆς καὶ μενούσης Papias (2:4) (s. ζάω, end; on Papias’ ‘living voice’ s. ABaum, NTS 44, ’98, 144–51).ⓓ In accordance w. OT and Jewish usage gener. (s. Bousset, Rel.3 315. The Socratic δαιμόνιον [=ὁ θεός Ep. 1, 7] is called ἡ φωνή: Socrat., Ep. 1, 9 [p. 222, 34 Malherbe] τὸ δαιμόνιόν μοι, ἡ φωνή, γέγονεν, cp. Pla., Apol. 31d) ‘the voice’ oft. speaks, though the (heavenly) speaker neither appears nor is mentioned (cp. PGM 3, 119 ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τῆς ἑβραικῆς φωνῆς.—In most cases the divine voice is differentiated fr. the divinity: Theopompus [IV B.C.]: 115 Fgm. 69 Jac. [in Diog. L. 1, 115] when Epimenides wishes to build τὸ τῶν Νυμφῶν ἱερόν: ῥαγῆναι φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ‘Ἐπιμενίδη, μὴ Νυμφῶν, ἀλλὰ Διός’=[when E. was building] a shrine for the Nymphs: a voice cried out from heaven, “Epimenides! Not for the Nymphs, but for Zeus!”; Plut., Mor. 355e; 775b; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 28, 2 Lycurgus receives the laws ὑπὸ τῆς θεοῦ φωνῆς in Delphi; Artapanus; 726 Fgm. 3, 21 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 27, 21]; Jos., Ant. 1, 185 φ. θεία παρῆν; 3, 90 φ. ὑψόθεν; cp. 2, 267) ἰδοὺ φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα (on the voice fr. heaven s. the lit. s.v. βαπτίζω 2a; also JKosnetter, D. Taufe Jesu ’36, esp. 140–90, and FDölger, Ac V/3, ’36, 218–23) Mt 3:17; cp. 17:5. ἦλθεν φ. (ἐκ) Mk 9:7 v.l.; J 12:28; 30 v.l. (TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 15 [Stone p. 24] al.; cp. Ps. Callisth, 1, 45, 2f ἦλθεν φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀδύτου the divine saying follows in direct discourse). ἐξῆλθεν φ. Rv 16:17 (ἐκ); 19:5 (ἀπό τοῦ θρόνου). γίνεται (ἐγένετο) φ. (ἐκ: Plut., Agis et Cleom. 807 [28, 3]: φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ γενέσθαι φράζουσαν; Ael. Aristid. 40, 22 K.=5 p. 62 D.: φωνῆς θείας γενομένης … ἐκ τοῦ μητρῴου [=temple of the Mother of the Gods]) Mk 1:11; 9:7; Lk 3:22; 9:35f; J 12:30 (v.l. ἦλθεν; s. above); Ac 10:13, 15 (both πρὸς αὐτόν); MPol 9:1a; GEb 18, 37 (verb of origin understood), cp. ibid. ln. 38; ἐγένετο φ. κυρίου Ac 7:31 (cp. Jos., Vi. 259 ἐγένοντο φωναί). ἀπεκρίθη φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ 11:9; ἦχος φωνῆς μοι ἀπεκρίθη Hv 4, 1, 4. ἀκούειν φωνήν hear a voice (also w. such additions as λέγουσαν, ἐκ w. gen. of place, μεγάλην, gen. of the speaker) Ac 9:4; 22:9; 26:14; Rv 6:6f; 9:13; 10:4, 8; 12:10; 14:2; 18:4; MPol 9:1b; EpilMosq 4; φωνῆς w. the same mng. (w. corresp. additions) Ac 9:7; 11:7; 22:7 (MMeyer, The Light and Voice on the Damascus Road: Forum 2, ’86, 27–35 [Nag Hammadi pp. 30–32]); Rv 11:12; 14:13; 16:1; 21:3; GPt 10:41. Paul speaks διὰ φωνῆς πνεύματος ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 5.ⓔ special cases: ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις ἐλάλει μετʼ ἐμοῦ I turned around to see (to whom) the voice that was speaking to me (belonged) Rv 1, 12 (cp. X., Hell. 5, 1, 22 σκεψόμενοι τίς ἡ κραυγή; Aesop 248b H.=141 P.=146 H-H. ἐπεστράφη πρὸς τὴν φ.). φ. βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ (it is) the voice of one calling out in the wilderness (Is 40:3; cp. En 9:2; Jos., Bell. 6, 301) Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. Referring to Is 40:3, John the Baptist applies its words to himself J 1:23 the voice of one calling out in the wilderness (Ael. Aristid. 49, 5 K.=25 p. 489 D.: φ. λέγοντός του ‘τεθεράπευσαι’; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 1 p. 364a φωνὴ βοῶντός του).—B 9:3.③ a verbal code shared by a community to express ideas and feelings, language (Aeschyl., Hdt. et al.; Cebes 33, 6; Aelian, VH 12, 48; Herodian 5, 3, 4; Diog. L. 8, 3; SEG VIII, 548, 17 [I B.C.]; PLond I, 77, 13 p. 232 [Christ. VIII A.D.]; PGM 12, 188 πᾶσα γλῶσσα κ. πᾶσα φωνή; Gen 11:1; Dt 28:49; 2 Macc 7:8, 21, 27; 4 Macc 12:7; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 1; 50; 73 al.; Just., A I, 31, 1; Tat. 37, 1; Mel., P. 29, 199) 1 Cor 14:10f; 2 Pt 2:16 (an animal w. ἀνθρώπου φ. as Appian, Bell. Civ. 4:4 §14 βοῦς φωνὴν ἀφῆκεν ἀνθρώπου; schol. on Appolon. Rhod. 2, 1146 ὁ κριὸς ἀνθρωπίνῃ χρησάμενος φωνῇ; sim. TestAbr A 3 p. 79, 19 [Stone p. 6]; sim. TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 10 [St. p. 62] a tree; ParJer 7:2 an eagle; Philo, Op. M. 156); Dg 5:1. ὁ λέων εἶπεν μιᾷ φωνῇ AcPlHa 5, 4 (on the probability that μια was misread for θεια s. the editor’s note, p. 41, 4).—B. 1248; 1260. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
99 ὅς
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ① as relative pron. who, which, what, that (Hom.+). On its use s. B-D-F §293–97; 377–80; Rydbeck 98–118; W-S. §24; Rob. 711–26, and for ancient Gk. in gener. Kühner-G. II 399ff; Schwyzer II 639–41.ⓐ As a general rule, the relative pron. agrees in gender and number w. the noun or pron. to which it refers (i.e. its antecedent); its case is determined by the verb, noun, or prep. that governs it: ὁ ἀστήρ, ὸ̔ν εἶδον Mt 2:9. ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν Ac 17:3. Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ (sc. ἦν) ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 13:6. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος …, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος Ro 2:29. Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν J 1:47. οὗτος, περὶ οὗ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα Lk 9:9 and very oft.ⓑ A demonstrative pron. is freq. concealed within the relative pron.:α. in such a way that both pronouns stand in the same case: ὅς the one who ὅς οὐ λαμβάνει Mt 10:38; sim. Mk 4:9; 9:40 (the three w. implied condition). οὗ of the one whose J 18:26. ᾧ to the one to whom Ro 6:16. ὅν the one whom (or someth. sim.) Mk 15:12; J 1:45. οἷς to those for whom Mt 20:23. οὕς those whom Mk 3:13; J 5:21. ὅ that which, what Mt 10:27.—A prep. governing the relative belongs in certain pass. to the (omitted) demonstr. pron. alone: παρʼ ὅ Ro 12:3; Gal 1:8; ὑπὲρ ὅ (ἅ) 1 Cor 10:13; 2 Cor 12:6; Phlm 21; πρὸς ἅ 2 Cor 5:10; εἰς ὅν J 6:29. In others it must be added to both pronouns: ἐν ᾧ in that in which 2 Cor 11:12; 1 Pt 2:12; 3:16 (these passages in 1 Pt may be classed under 1kγ also). ἐν οἷς Phil 4:11. ὑπὲρ οὑ because of that for which 1 Cor 10:30. ἀφʼ ὧν from the persons from whom 2 Cor 2:3.—The much disputed pass. ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 would belong here if we were to supply the words necessary to make it read about as follows: friend, (are you misusing the kiss) for that (purpose) for which you are here? (Wlh.; EKlostermann) or thus: in connection with that (=the purposes), for which (=for the realization of which) you have appeared (do you kiss me)? (Rdm.2 78). Friend, are you here for this purpose? FRehkopf, ZNW 52, ’61, 109–15. But s. βב and iβ below.β. But the two pronouns can also stand in different cases; in such instances the demonstr. pron. is nearly always in the nom. or acc.א. in the nom. οὗ one whose Ac 13:25. ὧν those whose Ro 4:7 (Ps 31:1). ᾧ the one to or for whom Lk 7:43; 2 Pt 1:9. οἷς those to whom Mt 19:11; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15). ὅ that (nom.) which (acc.) Mt 13:12; 25:29; 26:13; Mk 11:23; Lk 12:3. Likew. ἅ Lk 12:20. ὅν he whom J 3:34; 4:18; Ac 10:21. ἐφʼ ὅν the one about whom Hb 7:13.ב. in the acc. ὧν the things of which J 13:29. ᾧ the one (in) whom 2 Ti 1:12. So also w. a prep.: ἐν ᾧ anything by which Ro 14:21. ἐν οἷς things in which 2 Pt 2:12. ἐφʼ ὅ that upon which Lk 5:25. περὶ ὧν the things of which Ac 24:13. ἐφʼ οἷς from the things of which Ro 6:21 (this passage perh. uses a commercial metaphor, for pap s. Mayser II/2, 434f §121). εἰς ὸ̔ν the one in whom Ro 10:14a.—So Mt 26:50 (s. bα above), if the words to be supplied are about as follows: friend, (do that) for which you have come! (so ESchwartz, ByzZ 25, 1925, 154f; EOwen, JTS 29, 1928, 384–86; WSpiegelberg, ZNW 28, 1929, 341–43; FZorell, VD 9, 1929, 112–16; sim. PMaas, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrb. 8, ’31, 99; 9, ’32, 64; WEltester: OCullmann Festschr., ’62, 70–91; but s. iβ end.—S. Jos., Bell. 2, 615 at πάρειμι 1a).ג. Only in isolated instances does the demonstr. pron. to be supplied stand in another case: οὗ = τούτῳ, οὗ in him of whom Ro 10:14b. παρʼ ὧν = τούτοις, παρʼ ὧν Lk 6:34.ⓒ Constructions peculiar in some respectα. The pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅς (Mlt. 94f; B-D-F §297) γυνὴ ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25 is found in older Gk. (Hyperid., Euxen. 3 ὧν … τούτων.—Kühner-G. II 433f), and is not unknown in later Gk. (POxy 117, 15), but above all is suggested by Semitic languages (LXX; GrBar 2:1; Thackeray 46; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f); the omission of αὐτῆς in the v.l. is in line w. Gk. usage. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. οὗ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:24 v.l. οὗ καὶ πολλὰ αὐτοῦ συγγράματα EpilMosq 2. In a quot. ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται … ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 = Am 9:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9. Esp. freq. in Rv 3:8; 7:2, 9; 9:11 v.l.; 13:8, 12; 20:8.β. constructions ‘ad sensum’א. a relative in the sing. refers to someth. in the pl. οὐρανοῖς … ἐξ οὗ (οὐρανοῦ) Phil 3:20.ב. a relative in the pl. refers to a sing. (Jdth 4:8 γερουσία, οἵ) πλῆθος πολύ …, οἳ ἦλθον Lk 6:17f. κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν, ἐν αἷς Ac 15:36. Cp. ἤδη δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (i.e. ἐν ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπιστ.) 2 Pt 3:1.ג. the relative conforms to the natural gender rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent noun τέκνα μου, οὕς Gal 4:19; cp. 2 J 1; Phlm 10. ἔθνη, οἵ Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); cp. 26:17. παιδάριον, ὅς J 6:9. θηρίον, ὅς Rv 13:14. ὀνόματα, οἵ 3:4 v.l. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς, ἐν οἷς Phil 2:15. W. ref. to Christ, τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ Col 2:19.ⓓ Attraction (or assimilation) of the relative. Just as in Hdt. and freq. Att., ins, pap, LXX, the simple relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ is somet. attracted to the case of its antecedent, even though the relationship of the relative within its own clause would demand a different case.α. In most instances it is the acc. of the rel. that is attracted to the gen. or dat. of the antecedent: περὶ πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται Mt 18:19. τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ὁ θεὸς διέθετο Ac 3:25. Cp. Mt 24:50b; Mk 7:13; Lk 2:20; 3:19; 5:9; 9:43; 15:16; J 4:14; 7:31; 15:20; 17:5; 21:10; Ac 1:1; 2:22; 22:10; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 1:6; 10:8, 13; Eph 2:10; 2 Th 1:4; Jd 15 al.—When the antecedent is an understood but unexpressed demonstr. pron. (s. b, beg.) that would stand in the gen. or dat., the acc. of a relative pron. can be attracted to this gen. or dat.: οὐδὲν ὧν ἑώρακαν is really οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ ἑώρακαν Lk 9:36 (Schwyzer II 641); ἅ takes on the case of τούτων which, in turn, is omitted (so already Soph., Pla., et al.).—23:14, 41; Ac 8:24; 21:19, 24; 22:15; 25:11; 26:16; Ro 15:18; 1 Cor 7:1; Eph 3:20; Hb 5:8. ὧν = τούτων, οὕς J 17:9; 2 Cor 12:17. οἷς = τούτοις, ἅ Lk 24:25.β. The dat. of the relative is less frequently attracted (B-D-F §294, 2; Rob. 717) ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς (=ᾗ) ἀνελήμφθη Ac 1:22 (cp. Lev 23:15; 25:50; Bar 1:19); Eph 1:6; 4:1; 1 Ti 4:6 v.l.; κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ = κατέν. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστ. Ro 4:17. διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα 2 Cor 1:4.γ. In relative clauses that consist of subject, predicate, and copula, the relative pron. somet. agrees in gender and number not w. the noun to which it refers, but w. the predicate if it is the subj. and, conversely, w. the subj. if it is the pred. of its own clause: πνεύματι …, ὅς ἐστιν ἀρραβών Eph 1:14 v.l. τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός Gal 3:16. τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17.—Rv 4:5; 5:8.δ. Inverse attraction occurs when the relative pronoun attracts its antecedent to its own case (as early as Hom.; also Soph., Oed. Rex 449; s. Kühner-G. II 413; Schwyzer II 641; B-D-F §295; Rob. 717f); τὸν ἄρτον ὸ̔ν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία … ἐστιν; = ὁ ἄρτος ὅν … 1 Cor 10:16. λίθον, ὸ̔ν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … οὗτος ἐγενήθη (Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; 1 Pt 2:7 v.l.—παντὶ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 12:48. ὅρκον, ὸ̔ν ὤμοσεν (=μνησθῆναι ὅρκου ὅν) 1:73 (s. W-S. §24, 7 note). τοὺς λίθους, οὓς εἶδες, ἀποβεβλημένους, οὗτοι … ἐφόρεσαν Hs 9, 13, 3. Cp. 1J 2:25.ε. Attraction can, as in earlier Gk. (Thu. 2, 70, 4), fail to take place when the relative clause is more distinctly separated fr. its antecedent by additional modifiers of the noun and by the importance attaching to the content of the relative clause itself (B-D-F §294, 1; Rob. 714f): τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος Hb 8:2. But s. also Mk 13:19; J 2:22; 4:5; Ac 8:32; 1 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:2; Phlm 10; Hb 9:7; Rv 1:20.ⓔ The noun which is the antecedent of a relative clause can be incorporated into the latterα. without abbreviating the constr. and without attraction of the case: ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ = τῇ ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ δοκ. Mt 24:44; cp. Lk 12:40; 17:29, 30. ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα 24:1. ὸ̔ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον J 6:14. ὸ̔ θέλω ἀγαθόν Ro 7:19.β. w. abbreviation, in that a prep. normally used twice is used only once: ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε = ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε Mt 7:2a. Cp. vs. 2b; Mk 4:24. ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ = ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἦν J 11:6. καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον = κατὰ τὸν τρόπον, καθʼ ὅν Ac 15:11.γ. w. a change in case, due mostly to attractionא. of the relative pron. περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν = περὶ πάντων πονηρῶν, ἃ ἐπ. Lk 3:19. περὶ πασῶν ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων = περὶ πασῶν δυνάμεων, ἃς εἶδον 19:37. αἰτίαν … ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν Ac 25:18.—The dat. of the relative is also attracted to other cases: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας = ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾖ Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας Col 1:6, 9.ב. of the noun to which the rel. refers: ὸ̔ν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη = Ἰωάννης ὸ̔ν κτλ. Mk 6:16 εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ τῆς διδαχῆς εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε Ro 6:17.δ. The analysis is doubtful in passages like περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων = περὶ τῶν λόγων οὓς κατηχήθης or τῶν λόγων, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης Lk 1:4. ἄγοντες παρʼ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνι Ac 21:16 must acc. to the sense = ἄγοντες πρὸς Μνάσωνα, ἵνα ξενισθῶμεν παρʼ αὐτῷ. S. B-D-F §294, 5; Rob. 719.ⓕ The prep. can be omitted before the relative pron. if it has already been used before the antecedent noun: ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ὧ.) Ac 1:21. εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὅ (=εἰς ὅ) 13:2. ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν (=ἀφʼ ὧν) vs. 38. Cp. 26:2. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ᾧ) Rv 18:6.ⓖ The neut. is usedα. in explanations, esp. of foreign words and of allegories: ὅ ἐστιν which or that is, which means: βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Hb 7:2; cp. Mt 27:33; Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; 15:42. Also ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; Ac 4:36; cp. J 1:38, 41f. ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενος κρανίου τόπος Mk 15:22 v.l. (for μεθερμηνευόμενον). τόπος, ὸ̔ λέγεται, Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθά J 19:17.—S. also αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον Mk 15:16. λεπτὰ δὺο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 12:42. τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία Col 1:24. πλεονέκτης ὅ ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης Eph 5:5. τὴν ἀγάπην ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14.—B-D-F §132, 2.β. when the relative pron. looks back upon a whole clause: τοῦτον τ. Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες Ac 2:32; cp. 3:15; 11:30; 26:9f; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29; 1 Pt 2:8; Rv 21:8.γ. ὅ is to be understood as an obj. acc. and gains its content fr. what immediately follows in these places (s. W-S. §24, 9; Rob. 715): ὸ̔ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ = τὸν θάνατον, ὸ̔ν ἀπέθανεν κτλ. what he died, i.e. the death he suffered, he suffered for sin Ro 6:10a; cp. vs. 10b. ὸ̔ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί the life that I now live in the flesh Gal 2:20.ⓗ The relative is used w. consecutive or final mng. (result or purpose): τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, ὸ̔ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; who has known the mind of the Lord, so that he could instruct him? 1 Cor 2:16 (cp. Is 40:13). ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he is worthy that you should grant him this Lk 7:4. ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου …, ὸ̔ς κατασκευάσει Mt 11:10. ἔπεμψα Τιμόθεον …, ὸ̔ς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 1 Cor 4:17. ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐργάσεσθε τὸ καλόν 21:2.ⓘ taking the place of the interrogative pron.α. in indirect questions (Soph., Oed. Rex 1068; Thu. 1, 136, 4; Attic ins of 411 B.C. in Meisterhans3-Schw.; pap [Witkowski 30, 7]; oft. Joseph. [Schmidt 369]; Just., D. 44, 4 διʼ ἧς ὁδοῦ). ὸ̔ ἐγὼ ποιῶ what I am doing J 13:7. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7 (Just., D. 9, 1 οὐ γὰρ οἶδας ὸ̔ λέγεις).—J 18:21.β. NT philology has generally dismissed the proposition that ὅς is used in direct questions (Mlt. 93; B-D-F §300, 2; Radermacher2 78; PMaas [see 1bβב above]). An unambiguous example of it is yet to be found. Even the ins on a goblet in Dssm., LO 100ff [LAE 125–31], ET 33, 1922, 491–93 leaves room for doubt. Therefore also the translation of ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 as ‘what are you here for?’ (so Goodsp., Probs. 41–43; similarly, as early as Luther, later Dssm.; JWilson, ET 41, 1930, 334) has been held suspect. S. ZNW 52, ’61, 109ff.—Rob. 725 doubts the interrogative here, but Mlt-Turner 50 inclines toward it. If further proof for interrogative use of ὅς can be found, lit.-crit. considerations (s. vv. 14–16) invite attention to the v.l. (s. Tdf. app.) ἐφʼ ᾦ, a combination used in commercial documents (PGrenf II, 17, 2; 5; Mayser II/1 p. 215); the colloquial use suggests the sense: What deal did you make?—See also 1bβב above.ⓙ combined w. particlesα. with ἄν (ἐάν), s. ἄν I. b.β. with γέ (s. γέ aβ and cp. PFlor 370, 9) Ro 8:32.γ. w. δήποτε whatever J 5:3(4) v.l. (the vv.ll. vary betw. οἵῳ and ᾧ, δηποτοῦν and δήποτε).δ. w. καί who also Mk 3:19; Lk 6:13f; 7:49 al.ε. with περ = ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ (TestSol, TestAbr; TestJob 7:13; JosAs 14:12; GrBar; ApcSed 2:1; Jos., Ant. 2, 277, Vi. 95; apolog. [exc. Mel.]) just the one who Mk 15:6 v.l. ὅπερ which indeed Ox 840, 35; ISm 4:1. πάντα ἅπερ whatever GPt 11:45.ⓚ used w. preposition (s. also above: 1bα; 1bβב; 1eβ,γ; 1f, and s. Johannessohn, Präp. 382f [ind.]), whereby a kind of conjunction is formed:β. w. εἰς: εἰς ὅ to this end 2 Th 1:11.γ. with ἐν: ἐν οἷς connects w. the situation described in what precedes under which circumstances = under these circumstances Lk 12:1; Ac 24:18 v.l.; 26:12. So also perh. ἐν ᾧ 1 Pt 1:6; 2:12; 3:16, 19; 4:4. S. also ἐν 7 and cp. 1bα above.δ. w. ἐπί: ἐφʼ ᾧ (normally, ‘for which’: Plut., Cimon 483 [8, 6] Cimon receives honors in requital for his generous deed [cp. the pl. ἐφʼ οἷς IPriene 114, 22 of honors heaped on a gymnasiarch for his numerous contributions]; cp. Plut., Mor. 522e and Diog. L. 7, 173. Conversely Plut., Aratus 1048 [44, 4]: A. suffers some dishonor ‘for what’ he did to one of his associates) has freq. been interpreted=ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that, because Ro 5:12 (lit. on ἁμαρτία 3a); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for 4:10. But a commercial metaphor may find expression in the first 3 passages cited here; s. ἐπί 6c. Difft. on Ro 5:12 JFitzmyer, NTS 39, ’93, 321–39; also comm. (Anchor), ad loc.: ‘with the result that, so that’ε. οὗ χάριν therefore Lk 7:47.ζ. in indications of time: ἀφʼ ἧς (s. ἀπό 2bγ and cp. BGU 252, 9 [98 A.D.]) from the time when; since Lk 7:45; Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4; Hs 8, 6, 6 v.l.; as soon as, after 8, 1, 4.—ἀφʼ οὗ (s. ἀπό 2bγ) when once, since Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18. ἄχρι οὗ (s. ἄχρι 1bα) until (the time when) Ac 7:18; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; Gal 3:19. Also ἕως οὗ until Mt 1:25; 13:33; 14:22; 17:9; Lk 13:21; D 11:6 al. μέχρις οὗ until Mk 13:30; Gal 4:19.—On the gen. οὗ as an adv. of place s. it as a separate entry.② Demonstrative pron. this (one) (Hom.+; prose of Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. II 228f]; pap, LXX).ⓐ ὸ̔ς δέ but he (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 22; PRyl 144, 14 [38 A.D.]) Mk 15:23; J 5:11 v.l. Mostlyⓑ ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other (Hippocr.+; very oft. in later wr.; POxy 1189, 7 [c. 117 A.D.]; SibOr 3, 654) the masc. in var. cases of sing. and pl. Mt 22:5; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; 2 Cor 2:16; Jd 22f. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ this … that Ro 9:21. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ (Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 15) some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δὲ … ὸ̔ς δέ Mt 21:35; 25:15 (Lucian, Tim. 57 διδοὺς … ᾧ μὲν πέντε δραχμάς, ᾧ δέ μνᾶν, ᾧ δὲ ἡμιτάλαντον). ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δὲ … ὸ̔ δέ Mt 13:8b, 23. ᾧ μὲν … ἄλλῳ δὲ … ἑτέρῳ (ἄλλῳ δέ is then repeated five times, and before the last one there is a second ἑτέρῳ) 1 Cor 12:8–10. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἄλλο κτλ. Mk 4:4. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἕτερον (repeated several times) Lk 8:5. ἃ μὲν … ἄλλα δέ (repeated several times) Mt 13:4–8a. In anacoluthon οὓς μέν without οὓς δέ 1 Cor 12:28. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν Ro 14:2.—B-D-F §250. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 100f.—DELG 1 ὅς. M-M. -
100 ὡς
ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, likeⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.ⓑ special usesα. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.α. a substantiveא. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.ⓓ other noteworthy usesα. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, asⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or roleα. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order toⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.
См. также в других словарях:
International status and usage of the euro — Worldwide use of the euro and US$: Eurozone … Wikipedia
the */*/*/ — strong UK [ðiː] / US [ðɪ] weak UK [ðə] / US UK [ðɪ] / US determiner Summary: The is used as the definite article before a noun. 1) used when you are referring to a particular thing or person that has already been mentioned or is already known… … English dictionary
the — 1 before vowels,; strong /Di:/ definite article, determiner 1 used to refer to a particular thing or person when everyone knows which thing or person you are talking about, or because only one such person or thing exists: I ve got two cats now;… … Longman dictionary of contemporary English
The Roman Congregations — The Roman Congregations † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Roman Congregations Certain departments have been organized by the Holy See at various times to assist it in the transaction of those affairs which canonical discipline and the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Seal of Confession — The Law of the Seal of Confession † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Sacrament of Penance — The Sacrament of Penance † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Culture — is a fictional interstellar anarchist, socialist, and utopian[1][2] society created by the Scottish writer Iain M. Banks which features in a number of science fiction novels and works of short fiction by him, collectively called the Culture… … Wikipedia
THÉ — De la famille des ternstrœmiacées (ou théacées), le thé (Thea sinensis , selon Linné, plus généralement appelé aujourd’hui Camellia sinensis ou Camellia japonica pour souligner sa parenté avec le camélia cultivé) est un petit arbuste le plus… … Encyclopédie Universelle
The Gossamer Project — is a group of specialty archives that, combined, contain the vast majority of X Files fan fiction on the Internet. [http://fluky.gossamer.org/local/history.html The Gossamer Project Help Desk History of Gossamer ] ] In the mid to late 1990s, the… … Wikipedia
The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy — The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy (1) Material Objects in Liturgical Use; (2) Liturgical Forms connected with Them; (3) Festivals Commemorative of the Holy Cross;… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Ashley Book of Knots — is an encyclopedia of knots first published in 1944 by Clifford Ashley. The culmination of over 11 years of work, it contains some 7000 illustrations and more than 3854 entries covering over 2000 different knots. The entries include instructions … Wikipedia